AVland New Features at Version 8.0z
1. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Copy Selected Features]
command for ArcGIS users. This command
now enables the user to copy records from one table to the same table or to
another table. To enable this
functionality, no features can be selected.
When the command detects that there are no selected features, the
command searches for selected records in the tables within the data frame. If the command finds selected table records,
the command will operate as if there were selected features and enable the user
to copy the selected table records into a user specified table.
2. Addition of the Format Numbers command to the
CEDRA-AVland-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new command enables the user to format a
number by specifying the number of digits to the right of the decimal point, as
well as a prefix and a suffix. If the
number of digits to the right of the decimal point is 0, the number will be
treated as an integer. The user
activates the layer or table to be processed and if selected features or rows
are to be processed, rather than all of the features in the layer or table,
these features or rows must be selected prior to activating the command. Once the command has been activated, a
multi-input dialog box is presented from the which the user specifies the
various formatting options. The custom
formatted number is treated as a string and is stored in a user-specified string
field within the selected layer or table.
3. Modification to the [Set Active Layer] tool in the
CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users.
The tool displays a new option at the top of the list called <Enter
New Layer Name> which enables the user to manually enter the name of the
current active layer. Previously, the
user was only able to select a layer name.
Now the user is able to use this tool to enter the name of the current
active layer.
4. Addition of the [Feature Statistics] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to display certain information pertaining
to features in a layer. Specifically
this information includes: (a) the maximum number of parts, (b) the maximum
number of vertices and (c) the minimum segment length. Prior to activating this command the user
needs to select the layer in the Table of Contents to be processed. If only certain features are to be processed,
the user should select the features at this time. If no features are selected in the layer then
all features in the layer will be processed.
Once the command is selected, a dialog box is displayed prompting the
user to enter values for the number of parts and the number of vertices. These values are used to select
features. If both values are zero then
no features will be selected. Features
that have values that equal or exceed the values entered in the dialog box will
be highlighted once the command has finished.
This is an excellent tool in locating features that have many parts or
are comprised of a lot of vertices.
5. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| for
ArcGIS users when processing a multi-part feature. The Decompose All Parts option will now
transfer the common attribute values to the new features that are created. Previously, the attribute values for the new
features were not populated. Now the
command will populate the common attributes with the values of the base feature
being processed.
6. Modification to the Sequential IDs command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Sequential IDs command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
Three new parameters called: Order Features by:, Delineator Character:
and Part to be Modified: have been added to the multi-input dialog box
presented by this command. These new
parameters can be used to edit text strings that are comprised of multiple
components. For example, a room may be
assigned a room number using the following syntax: 163.04.001. The Part to be Modified parameter can be used
to indicate that the third component (001) is the component that should be
modified, while leaving the other components as is.
7. Modification to the Sequential IDs command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Sequential IDs command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The processing of a selected polyline graphic element is controlled by
the Order Features by parameter. The
option, Selected Graphic, will be added to the drop-down list for this
parameter when the command detects a selected polyline graphic element.
8. Addition of the [Direction Setting] tool in the
CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users.
The tool enables the user to specify the mode in which distances are to
be entered and is located on the far right of the toolber. The possible values include: (a) Picking Two
Points, (b) Entering Two Point Numbers, or (c) entering an Explicit Distance
value. As the user clicks on the tool,
the tool advances to the next option. As
the options are scrolled through, the icon and tool tip are updated to reflect
the active setting.
9. Addition of the [Plan View Cut/Fill] command under the
{Contouring commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command enables the user to create
polygons that represent in plan view the cut/fill condition. This command operates off a design horizontal
alignment and two cross-section data files.
Processing two cross-sections at a time, the command creates rectangles
and determines the portion of each rectangle that is in a cut or fill
condition. A polygon is then created
representing the cut condition and the fill condition. The PEN field in the polygon layer is used to
store the cut/fill status. The current
active Global Feature Color value will denote the Cut condition, while the Fill
condition will have 1 added to this value.
The polygons that are created are stored in the current active layer.
10. Modification to the |DataEditor01| tool for ArcGIS users. This tool has been modified to process more
than one feature at a time. Previously,
the user could only process one feature in an operation. Now the tool can process one or many features
at a time. To select more than one
feature at a time the user must activate the layer of the features to be
selected prior to activating the command.
To select more than one feature the must define a rectangle rather than
making a single click in the map area.
Once the rectangle has been defined the normal dialog box for the layer
will appear. The user can then enter the
appropriate values. Once the OK button
has been selected the normal error checking procedures are executed. Once the data has been verified the values
are written to the database for the first feature. The subsequent features are then processed. The dialog box will not be presented for the
subsequent features. The tool will
process the features using the rules defined in the Themes Attribute File
(themes.txt) without any further user intervention.
11. Modification to the Curved Text command within the
CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
A new option has been added to the multi-input dialog box presented by
the command called Tangent to Curve.
When this option is set to Y for yes, the command will treat the
selected feature as a circular curve. In
so doing, the command will compute the center point and radius value using the
geometry of the selected feature. In
positioning the annnotation, the X offset value is used to compute the distance
along the circular curve proceeding from the start point to the end point. The Y offset value indicates if the radius is
to be increased or decreased. A positive
Y offset value increases the radius, while a negative value decreases the
radius. The angle assigned to the
annotation is computed by subtracting 90 degrees from the radial angle from the
circular curve's center to the point on the circular curve, controlled by the X
and Y offset values.
12. Modification to the [Export to LandXML] command within the
CEDRA-AVland-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS users. A new parameter called Linear Units has been
added to the multi-input dialog box. This parameter controls the value for the
linearUnits parameter in the XML file.
The available choices include: foot, USSurveyFoot, inch and mile when
the Data Frame's Display Units is not set to Meters. If the Display Units are set to Meters, the
available choices include: millimeter, centimeter, meter and kilometer.
13. Modification to the Duplicate Features command within the
extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.6) for ArcGIS users. A new option called TextString Attribute
Match has been added to the parameter Duplicate Features if. This new option enables the user to check
annotation layers for duplicate TextString values. This is an excellent alternative to using
ArcMap's Summarize functionality to determine features that have the same text
string value.
14. Addition of the [Create DXF Files] command to the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
The [Create DXF Files] command enables the user to create a DXF file for
every data frame in the document file.
Upon activation of the command, a horizontal dialog box is displayed
containing 3 columns and a row for every data frame in the document file. Column 1 contains the name of the data
frame. Column 2 contains the action to
be taken, while Column 3 contains the full filename of the DXF to be
created. The actions that can be taken
include Export and Do not Export. The
default filename is derived using the name of the current working direction and
name of the data frame. This command
assumes that in the current working directory there is a folder whose name
matches the name of the data frame and that the name of the DXF file to be
created will be the name of the data frame with the .dxf extension. During the generation of the DXF files, the
command will change in the Table of Contents the active data frame. In so doing the user can track the progress
of the exporting.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0y
1. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Copy Selected Features]
command for ArcGIS users when multiple feature types are selected at the time
the command is activated. In adidtion to
listing the feature types that are selected in the initial dialog box that is
displayed, the command will display the following 2 options, All Features -
Same Layers and All Features - CEDRA Layers.
Selecting the All Features - Same Layers option results in the command
copying the selected features in the same layers that the features currently
reside. In addition, the original
selected features are de-selected and the new features that were created are
made selected. In so doing the user can
manipulate these features if so desired.
Selecting the All Features - CEDRA Layers option enables the user copy
the selected features into another layer that follows the CEDRA layer naming
convention.
2. Modification to the [Delete Vertices] tool within the
CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users.
The tool will now preserve the curve properties for segments that
represent curves. Previously, the
command operated on a geometry as a series of points. The tool has been modified to process a
geometry as a series of segments which enables the preservation of ArcMap true
curve elements.
3. Modification to the Union and Buffer command within the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
The initial dialog box displayed by this command has been modified to
contain an additional parameter called Line Gap Fill Mode. This parameter is used when the Advanced
Union mode has been selected and when line features are being processed. The possible choices for the Line Gap Fill
Mode parameter include, Add Segement and Intersection. These options are employed when the end
points of the lines to be unioned are not identical. The Add Segment option will foce the command
to add a segment between the two lines so that they are connected, while the
Intersection option will force the command to intersec the two lines to
determine the point of connectivity.
4. Addition of the [Proximity Check] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to check if features are within a
user-specified tolerance of selected features or all features in a layer. The result of this command will be a report
identifying how many features were found close to the features that were
processed. To use this command, the user
must activate in the Table of Contents at least one layer. If only one layer is active, the command will
check to see how many features are close to the other features in the same
layer. If more than one layer is active,
the user specifies the Selector Layer, a proximity tolerance and the name of
the report file to be created.
Afterwards, the command checks to see how many features in the other
layers are close to the features in the Selector Layer.
5. Addition of the |Annotation at Polyline Vertices| command to
the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
In using this tool, the user is able to create an implied polyline by
making various picks in the map area. To
terminate the polyline definition the user double-clicks the last vertex
comprising the polyline. At this point
the command displays a multi-input dialog box similar to the one displayed by
the Text 1 command. The difference
between this command and the Text 1 dialog box is that this command includes an
additional parameter called Increment Text String by:. A value of 0 for this parameter results in
the same text string appearing at every vertex comprising the implied
polyline. A non-zero value results in
the command increment the last numeric value in the string by the incremental
value. For example, if the user enters a
text string called 3-301.01 and an increment value of 5, the first text string
created will be 3-301.01. The subsequent
text strings will be 3-301.06, 3-301.11, 3-301.16 and so forth.
6. Addition of the [Find Identical] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to select features in a layer that share a
common attribute and a geometric length.
In order for this command to operate, one layer in the Table of Contents
must be selected and at least one feature in this layer must be selected. A dialog box is then displayed prompting the
user for the fields denoting the common attribute and geometric length. Using these two fields the command performs a
query on the selected layer. Those
features satisfying the query will be highlighted.
7. Modification to the Relocation 8 command |SMOOTH LINE| for
ArcGIS users. A new option called
Maximum N Points has been added to the Weeding Method drop-down list. This option will force the selected element
to have no more than N Points. The value
entered in the second data field is used as N.
If the selected element contains less than N Points the element is left
as is. If the selected element contains
more than N Points, the command uniformally interpolates N Points along the
element. This is an excellent tool for
de-weeding features.
8. Addition of the |Combine Text| command to the
CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
In using this tool, the user is able to create a multi-line annotation
feature by combining selected annotation features. In order for this tool to operate at least two
annotation features must be selected. If
not, an appropriate error message will be displayed. If two or more annotation features are
selected and this command is picked, the top most annotation feature will be
modified and the others will be deleted.
The top most annotation will have the text associated with the other
annotation features added as an additional line. The attributes associated with the top most
annotation feature such as font, size, etc. will be maintained. The only modification made to the feature
will be the text string.
9. Addition of the Transfer Attribute command within the
CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Transfer Attribute tool provides the user
the ability to transfer a specified set of attributes to another feature using
a Field Mapping File. The operation of
this tool requires two active layers in the Table of Contents. The topmost active layer represents the layer
whose attributes are to be transferred.
The bottommost active layer represents the layer that will be
modified. If there are not two active
layers, an appropriate error message will be displayed. Once the tool has determined the two active
layers, the user has two options to define: (a) the feature to be modified and
(b) the feature whose attributes will be transferred. More than 1 feature can be selected in the
attribute transference process. The
first option is to define a rectangle such that all features to be processed
are within the rectangle. The second
option is to first make a pick or a rectangle definition that selects the
feature to be modified, followed by making another pick or rectangle definition
that selects the feature(s) whose attributes will be transferred. The TRANSFERATTRIBUTES.TXT file represents
the Field Mapping File and contains the field mapping between the two
layers. This file must reside in the
current working directory and can be created by the user using any text editor
such as Notepad, Word, etc. If this file
does not exist, the command provides functionality enabling the user to create
the file interactively.
10. Addition of the Copy Selected Features command within the
CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Copy Selected Features button provide the
user the ability to quickly copy a set of selected features into a layer. This command shares the exact same code base
as the menu item, Copy Selected Features.
The difference between the two commands include: (a) this command is
activated by a button selection rather than a drop-down menu selection, (b) the
user is not prompted for a field mapping file and (c) the user is not prompted
for adding attributes to the layer that the selected features are to be added
to, if they do not exist. Additionally,
the user selects the layer in which the selected features are to be added to
from a selection message box, rather than from a drop-down list. Using the drop-down menu selection will
typically take 3 clicks from the user to perform a copy operation, while using
the button version will require only 2 clicks.
Note that the features to be copied must be selected prior to activating
this command. If not, an appropriate
warning message will be displayed.
11. Modification to the [Collapse Polygon to Point] command in the
combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command will now handle polyline layers. Previously, only polygon layers were
processed by this command. Now line or
polyline layers can be processed.
12. Addition of the |Translate Text| command to the
CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
In using this tool, the user is able to specify a word mapping file that
will change a word to another. This tool
can be used to perform translation. For
example, Spanish to English and vice versa.
Prior to activating this tool the user activates the layer(s) to be
processed and if appropriate select the annotation features to be
processed. If the active layer does not
contain any selected features then all features in the layer are processed. Upon activation of the tool a multi-input
dialog is displayed enabling the user to specify the dictionary file, the case
handling to be performed and the delineating character. Once the OK button has been selected the
command processes the annotation changes performing the word mapping as
specified in the dictionary file.
13. Modification to the [Plot Cross Sections] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. The parameter Label Nodes (x-tick only,
Ax-tick w/elev): has been modified to process up to 900 shots. Previously, the maximum number of shots that
could be processed was 15.
14. Modification to the [Plot Cross Sections] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. The parameter Label Nodes (x-tick only,
Ax-tick w/elev): has been modified to accept two keywords, ALL and AALL
respectively. The ALL keyword denotes
that all shots on the cross-section are to have a tick generated. The AALL keyword denotes that all shots on the
cross-section should have a tick with an elevation generated. Previously, the user had to explicitly
specify the shot ID to be processed. If
all of the shots were to be processed this was very cumbersome. Using one of the two new keywords will save a
great deal of time.
15. Addition of the |Find Street Intersection| tool in the
{CEDRA-DataFrame-Tools-2} toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool enables the user to locate and zoom
to the intersection of two streets. In
order to use this command, the user must first activate a layer containing the
street centerlines. If there is no
active layer or more than 1 active layer in the Table of Contents, an
appropriate warning message is displayed.
Once the command determines the active Street Layer, a multi-input
dialog box is displayed. Using this
dialog box, the user specifies two street names which can be comprised of up to
3 components. These components include
the street direction, street name and street type. Using the street name components, the
command queries the Street Layer. If the
command can not find street centerlines for the street name, an appropriate
warning message is displayed. At this
point, check the street name and re-execute the command. If the command finds street centerlines for
both streets, the command computes an intersection. If an intersection can be computed, the
display is altered so that the street intersection is centered in the
display. If an intersection can not be
computed, an appropriate warning message is displayed
AVland New Features at Version 8.0x
1. Modification to the Define Parcels 1 command |DEFINE PARCEL|,
for ArcGIS users when using any of the available options. When the user defines a parcel that is not
closed or an open traverse, the command will now display the option Create
Features & Adjust Last 2 Courses in the choice list message box, which is
displayed when the command tries to determine what should be done with the
non-closed figure. The new option,
Create Features & Adjust Last 2 Courses, is identical to Create
Line/Curve/Point Features with the exception that in addition to creating the
features, the command will adjust the last two courses in the traverse to form
a closed figure. This is done by
translating the last course such that the end point of the last course is
identical to the start point of the traverse and by intersecting the last course
with the second to last course in the traverse to account for the
transformation of the last course.
2. Modification to the [Import Points] command, two new point
file options have been added. These
options are called "ID,Y,X,Z,Code,Desc,Hpre,Vpre" and
"ID,Y,X,Z,Code,Desc,Hpre,Vpre,Date,Time" and are similar to the
"ID,Y,X,Z,Code,Desc" option with the exception that additional
information can be specified on a data line and stored with the point. The Hpre parameter refers to the horizontal
precision of a survey point, the Vpre parameter refers to the vertical
precision, the Date parameter refers to a date while the Time parameter refers
to a time. The Date and Time parameters
are text strings and as such can appear in most any desired format. The length of each of these fields is 20
characters. The Hpre and Vpre parameters
are of type double.
3. Addition of the [Connectivity Check] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to check the connectivity of point and
line features to verify their proximity to each other. For example, the user can check if points
fall within a user-specified distance of a line's vertices. Likewise, the user can check if a line's
vertices are within a user-specified distance of a point. This is an excellent command to check if the
end points of a sewer pipe connect to manholes, or if sewer laterals connect to
a sewer main.
4. Modification to the Point 7 command |POINT TICKS|, for
ArcGIS users, to provide the user the ability to skip the generation of point
features at the start and end locations of the lines and curves being
processed. A new data line has been
added to the dialog box that is displayed by this command. The new data line is as follows:
Create
Points at Start/End Points (Y=yes, N=no):
The
default response is yes. A response of Y
or y will result in the command creating point features at the first and last
vertices comprising a line or curve feature.
A response of N or n results in these points not being generated.
5. Addition of the |Check Attributes| tool to the CEDRA-DataEditor
extension, for ArcGIS users. This tool
enables the user to scan the selected layers or all layers in the Table of
Contents and examine each attribute within a layer for invalid values. Invalid values are NULL values as well as
values which do not fall within the predefined ranges or one of the available
options within a CHOICE list as defined in the Themes Attribute File
(themes.txt). If selected layers are to
be processed they should be activated in the Table of Contents prior to
selecting this command. If certain
features are to be processed then they too should be selected prior to
selecting this command. If no features
are selected in a layer then all features in the layer are processed.
6. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| for ArcGIS
users. The command now supports the
ability to suspend the operation of the command by depressing the s or S key on
the keyboard. When this is done, the
user is able to native ArcMap functionality to change the view. Afterwards, the command can be reselected and
resumed from where it was left off. This
capability is extremely helpful when using the Pick Elements option and the
user wishes to zoom in on an area to make a feature selection.
7. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Copy Selected Features]
command for ArcGIS users. The command
when copying attributes into the specified layer will only copy fields that are
visible. Previously, all fields with the
exception of reserved field names, would be copied. Now only the visible fields will be copied.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
offers two new parameters to the dialog box that is displayed. These parameters are called Clip Features in
Data View and Export Polyline/Polygon Features as LWPolyline Entity. The Clip Features in Data View parameter can
be used when exporting from Data View.
When this parameter is active, features are clipped to the extent of the
map display. Previously, if the feature
fell within the current map display the entire feature was exported. The Export Polyline/Polygon Features as
LWPolyline Entity parameter, when active, forces all polyline and polygon
features to be exported as the AutoCAD LWPolyline entity. When this parameter is not active, features
will be exported as Circle, Polyline, Hatch entities depending upon the feature
being processed.
9. Addition of the [Polylines to 2 Pt Lines] command in the
combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command enables the user to create 2 Point Line features from
polyline features. The user activates
the layer(s) in the Table of Contents to be processed. If the layer contains selected features then
only the selected features are processed, otherwise, all features in the layer
are processed. The 2 Point Line features
that are created are stored in the current active layer. This command enables the user to generate two
point lines for the segments comprising a polyline.
10. Addition of the |Transfer Feature Attributes| tool within the
CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Transfer Feature Attributes tool provides
the user the ability to transfer a specified set of attributes to another
feature using a Field Mapping File. The
operation of this tool requires two active layers in the Table of
Contents. The topmost active layer
represents the layer whose attributes are to be transferred. The bottommost active layer represents the
layer that will be modified. If there
are not two active layers, an appropriate error message will be displayed. Once the tool has determined the two active
layers, the user has two options to define: (a) the feature to be modified and
(b) the feature whose attributes will be transferred. More than 1 feature can be selected in the
attribute transference process. The
first option is to define a rectangle such that all features to be processed
are within the rectangle. The second
option is to first make a pick or a rectangle definition that selects the
feature to be modified, followed by making another pick or rectangle definition
that selects the feature(s) whose attributes will be transferred. The TRANSFERATTRIBUTES.TXT file contains the
field mapping between the two layers.
This file must reside in the current working directory and can be created
by the user using any text editor such as Notepad, Word, etc.
11. Modification to the [Points from Annotation] and the [Point
from Annotation] commands within the CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for
ArcGIS users. These commands can be
found in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar. These commands have been modified to operate
on a single annotation layer in addition to their previous mode of
operation. When a single annotation
layer is active these commands will create a point feature for every selected
annotation feature in the layer with the text string associated with the
annotation feature stored as an attribute wth the point. If no annotation features are selected then
all annotation features in the active annotation layer will be processed. The point features which are created are
stored in the current active layer. If
the current active layer exists, the user is able to control which attribute
will contain the text string. If the
current active layer does not exist in the Table of Contents, the PTDESC field
will be used to contain the text string.
In generating the point features the user is able to control the
location of the point. Specifically, the
user is able to generate a point at the Centroid, Low Left Corner, Upper Left
Corner, Upper Right Corner or Lower Right Corner of an enclosing rectangle
surrounding the annotation feature.
12. Addition of the |Equally Space Annotation| command to the
CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
In using this tool, the user is able to equally space a set of selected
annotation features. The Annotation
Offset value, as specified in the [Change Text Parameters] command, is used in
the spacing. The Annotation Offset value
is entered in the Display Units as specified in the {View} [Data Frame Properties...]
command. Prior to activating this
command the user must select the annotation features to be processed.
13. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Copy Selected Features]
command to enable the user to copy features of the same type that reside in
different layers into the layers the selected features reside in. Previously, the command was able to only copy
the features into a specific layer. The
command now adds the option, Their Same Layers, to the list of layers that is
displayed. Selecting the Their Same
Layers options results in the command copying the selected features into their
source layers. Additionally, the
features that are copied into their source layers become selected in place the
originally selected features.
14. Modification to the CEDRA-DataSource-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS
users. The button called CP has been
modified to handle broken links.
Previously, the command was not able to process a layer with a broken link,
denoted by a red exclamation point. The
CP button is an excellent command for handling cases where data has been moved
from one drive to another, which results in a broken link. Using this command, the user can select the
layers with the broken links, activate this command and then enter the old
drive identifier, such as C:, and the new drive identifier, such as D:. The command, using this information, will
then change the pathnames for each of the selected layers in the Table of
Contents.
15. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Sort Table of Contents] command for ArcGIS users. The command will now process Group Layers. Previously, this command did not process group layers. Note that when using this command, only top level layers are processed. That is to say, layers appearing within a group layer are not processed by this command.
16. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| for ArcGIS
users. A new option called Point &
Auto-Search - No Confirmation has been added to the choice list displayed by
this command. This new option is similar
to the Point & Auto-Search option with the exception that no confirmation
dialog box is posed when multiple paths are encountered. Using this new option, the program will
select the default path and continue until no other elements can be found or a
closed figure is generated. Note to
terminate the searching process prior to the command's normal termination, the
user can depress the Escape key or the A key on the keyboard. This option is most useful when the Desired
Deflection Angle parameter is set to 0 or 90.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0w
1. Modification to the Offset 1 command |PARL LN| for ArcGIS
users when processing polyline features.
A new option called Convert Polyline to Polygon has been added to the
drop-down list posed by the command.
Selecting this option results in a polygon feature being created and
stored in the current active layer. If
the polyline does not represent a closed figure the command will add a segment
connecting the last point of the polyline to the start point to force a closed
figure. This option does not operate on
multi-part polygons.
2. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| for
ArcGIS users when processing a multi-part feature. The Decompose All Parts option will now
discretize circular, elliptical and bezier curves into a minimum of 40 line
segments. Previously, only the start and
end points would appear in the resultant geometry. This option will now try to generate a series
of line segments representing the curve.
3. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| for
ArcGIS users when processing a multi-part feature. A new option called Decompose All Parts - No
Discretization has been added to the drop-down list posed by the command. This option operates the same as the
Decompose All Parts option with the exception that circular, elliptical and
bezier curves are not discretized but rather their geometry is maintained. This of course assumes that the resultant
features are stored in a geodatabase and not a shapefile.
4. Addition of the [Polylines to Polygons] command in the
combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command enables the user to create polygon features from polyline
features. The user activates the
layer(s) in the Table of Contents to be processed. If the layer contains selected features then
only the selected features are processed, otherwise, all features in the layer
are processed. The polygon features that
are created are stored in the current active layer. This option is similar to the Convert Polyline
to Polygon option in the Offset 1 command |PARL LN| with the exception that
multiple features can be processed in a single operation, rather than just one.
5. Modification to the
{Annotate} [Point Data] command, for ArcGIS users when processing layers whose
spatial reference is not the same as the map.
Previously, the command did not project from the layer's spatial
reference to the map's which had the result of the coordinates not being
properly computed. Now, the command will
project when the spatial reference does not match the map's spatial reference.
6. Modification to the Relocation 8 command |SMOOTH LINE| for
ArcGIS users. A new option called Keep
Start and End Points has been added to the Weeding Method parameter within the
multi-input dialog box that is displayed by the command. This option will remove all intermediate
vertices from the lines that are processed keeping only the start and end
points.
7. Modification to the Point 6 command |DIVIDE SPACE| to
provide the user the ability to create a point or lines by specifying an
elevation that is used to interpolate the point's location by using the
elevations associated with the two picked points. Two new parameters have been added to the
multi-input dialog box displayed by the command.
8. Addition of the [Point Elev. from 3D Polylines] command in
the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this new command in
the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This new command enables the user to
interpolate an elevation for point features based upon a layer containing 3D
polyline features. In using this
command, the user must first activate in the table of contents the two layers
which represent the point layer and the layer containing the 3D polyline
features. Once done, the user can select
the command. Upon selection of the
command, the program will display a dialog box where the user can specify the
desired interpolation parameter values, which includes specification of the
field to contain the interpolated elevation value. Note that this command will take into account
the elevation values associated with each of the intermediate vertices. That is to say, the elevation value that is
computed is not based upon the polyline's start and end point elevations but
rather the elevations associated with the end points of the segment within the
polyline that the point falls within.
9. Addition of the Point 8a command |POINT TABLE| for ArcGIS
users. This new command has been added
to the CEDRA-Point-Tools toolbar and enables the user to create points using
data stored in a table. The pertinent
point data stored in the table is comprised of: (a) a From Point ID, (b) a To
Point ID and (c) a Plus value. The From
and To Point IDs denote an implied baseline.
The Plus value represents a distance from the From Point ID and is used
to create a point along the implied baseline.
The points which are created are stored in the current active layer.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0v
1. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The ability to export line weights for layers
without having to select the layers in the Table of Contents. A new option called All Layers has been added
to the dialog box presented by the command.
2. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The ability to export point symbols which
have a second layer assigned to their symbology.
3. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The ability to export line widths and
symbology when the classification contains the NULL value.
4. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The ability to export line symbols containing
arrow heads.
5. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The ability to export line symbols containing
a character marker.
6. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. Addition of the Read/Write Config File menu
item to the drop-down list.
7. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. Modification to the rgbmap.txt file to
provide the user the ability to specify the AutoCAD color when the color white
is encountered when processing symbols.
A new keyword called BACKGROUND_COLOR has been added to provide this
functionality.
8. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. Addition of the CEDRA-RunDXF-Tools toolbar
which provides the ability to perform a DXF conversion outside of the ArcMap environment. In addition to performing a DXF conversion,
the command provides the ability to create a PDF in adddition to or solely.
9. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The routine which exports arrow heads has
been modified to honor the setting of the Export Polygons with Hatches
parameter. When this parameter is active
the arrow heads will be exported as a hatch resulting in a filled polygon. When this parameter is not active the arrow
heads will be exported as a closed polyline (no fill).
10. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The routine which exports callouts/leaders
has been modified for improved positioning of the annotation within the callout/leader.
11. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The routine which exports callouts/leaders
has been modified to process CharacterMarkerSymbols. This modification should result in the export
of the arrow head that appear at the anchor point of a callout/leader.
12. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The routine which converts labels to graphic
elements has been modified to respect the class display annotation setting. Previously, all label classes were labeled
which may be the reason why the symbols are not positioned where they should be
in some cases. Additionally this would
result in more text being exported than there should have been.
13. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The routine which computes the direction of
the leader in a line callout has been modified to better determine the
direction of the leader line. This
should result in the arrow heads being properly oriented at the tip of a
callout.
14. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. If a group layer is turned off (invisible)
the layers in the group layer will not be exported even if they are visible. The group layer's visibility status will
govern.
15. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. When the Export Line Widths parameter is
active for Active Layers or All Layers, polygon features will have their
outline line width processed.
Previously, this was not done.
16. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. Polygons will now have the color of their
outline line symbol processed.
Previously, this was not done.
17. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. A new keyword called SYMBOL_BACKGROUND_COLOR
has been added to the rgbmap.txt file which appears in the \cedra\avprjs
folder.
18. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. A new parameter has been added to the
DXFconvert.txt file which appears in the \cedra\avprjs folder. This parameter is called Export Z values and
provides the user the ability to control if Z coordinates are to appear in the
DXF file or not.
19. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. A new parameter has been added to the
DXFconvert.txt file which appears in the \cedra\avprjs folder. This parameter is called Label Converter and
provides the user the ability to control which method is used to convert labels
into graphic text elements. The value of
0 indicates that the ArcObjects method is to be used, while a value of 1
indicates that the ArcMap method should be used. The ArcMap method is very similar to native
ArcMap functionality that can be employed to convert labels to annotation
features stored in the map, not a geodatabase.
The ArcObject method does operate faster than the ArcMap method, so
depending upon the user's requirements the appropriate method can be selected.
20. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. The software has been modified to read the
DXF Configuration File, DXFconvert.txt, which can reside in one of 4
locations. The locations are defined by
the environment variables HOME, TEMP, TMP, CEDRA, and in that order. The location which contains the file first
governs. That is to say, if the
DXFconvert.txt file resides in the HOME and CEDRA folders. The file in the HOME folder will be
processed, not the file in the CEDRA folder.
21. Modification
to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS users. Point features which have been assigned a
Simple Marker Symbol will be exported as a pure point symbol in the DXF
file. That is to say, the physical
display of the Simple Marker Symbol will not be preserved. If the physical display is to be preserved
the user should use a Character Marker Symbol rather than a Simple Marker
Symbol.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0u
1. Addition of the [Update TIN Shapes] command under the
{Contouring commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-ContouringMenus toolbar.
This new command enables the user to update the shapes of the polygon
features comprising a CEDRA TIN based upon the coordinates of the points
associated with a polygon. This command
enables the user to relocate points and then have the shape of the polygon
associated with the point updated to reflect the point's new coordinates. To utilize this command the user must
activate in the TOC the Point and Polygon layers to be processed prior to
activating the command. Should the user
desire to update only specific polygons, the user should select the desired
polygons prior to activating this command.
If no polygons are selected when the command is activated the user will
be prompted if all polygon features in the layer are to be processed. Note that the OIDs of the point features
associated with the polygon ares stored in the polygon layer under the NODE1,
NODE2 and NODE3 fields.
2. Addition of the Quick Attribute Assignment command within
the CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Quick Attribute Assignment button enables
the user to assign an attribute value to a set of selected features in one or
more layers. Upon activation of the
command a check is made to determine if there are any selected features. If not, an error message to this effect is
displayed. If there are selected
features a dialog box is displayed containing a list of attributes and a data
field or combo box control depending upon the selected attribute where the user
can specify the desired attribute value.
This command processes the ATTRIBUTES.TXT file which can be located in
the current working directory or the CEDRA distribution folder. The command first looks in the current
working directory for this file. If this
file does not exist in the current working directory, the file in the CEDRA
distribution folder will be used. Using
this file the user can specify what attributes and values are to be displayed
in the dialog box posed by this command.
3. Modification to all tools which prompt the user for a distance or a length. It is now possible for the user to specify the distance or length value in terms of architectural units. For example, the following are valid distance or length values: 100', 100' 4" and 100' 4 5/8". When the tools detect the ' character it is assumed that an architectural length is being specified. In this mode, the user can enter a foot, inch and fractional inch component. If an inch or fractional inch component is specified the " character must be the last character in the value. Additionally, at least one space must separate the various components.
4. Modification to the |Transform 2| tool within the
CEDRA-Transform-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
Seven new options have been added to the Control Point Location
parameter enabling transformations to be performed about the individual
features in a selection. Previously, the
transformations were applied based upon the enclosing rectangle for the entire
selection set. Now the user has the
option of applying the transformation based upon each feature's enclosing
rectangle within the selection set. All
of the new options carry the prefix Feature, which denotes feature based
processing.
5. Addition of the Dimension 6 command |CREATE AH| for ArcGIS
users. This new tool enables the user to
generate an arrow head, slash or point at a specific location. Once the tool has been activated the user
makes a pick where: (a) the tip of the arrow head is to appear, (b) the mid-point
of the slash or (c) the location of the point.
After the pick has been made, a multi-input dialog box appears from
which the user can select the type of marker to be created, the marker
direction and its size. When creating an
arrow head the user has the option of creating a polygon or polyline
feature. In the case of a slash, a
two-point line is created with the center of the line being the location of the
user's pick. For point features, the
user has the ability to specify the fields where the marker type and direction
are to be stored. In so doing, native
ArcMap functionality can be used to symbolize the layer as desired. Regarding the marker's direction or angle of
orientation, the command has 4 pre-defined directions (North, South, East and
West) and an option for the user to pick a second point to have the command
compute the direction for the user.
6. Modification to the {Annotate} [Text or Attribute] command
when using the option Attribute(s) from the Table for ArcGIS users Two new parameters appear on the initial
dialog box that is displayed called Multi-Line Annotation and Single-Line
Annotation Delineator. These parameters
are used when the Attribute(s) from the Table option has been selected for
processing. The user now has the ability
to create a single annotation feature with all of the attributes appearing as a
single line of text separated by a user-defined delineating string. Previously, this option created multiple
annotation features with the attributes listed vertically.
7. Addition of the [Intersect with Profile] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will intersect the active line
and/or polygon layers with the original ground profile associated with a
horizontal alignment. The result of
which will be a Profile Points Table and/or point features which are stored in
the current active layer. The Profile
Points Table is a dBase table, which is of the form proX_pts where X denotes
the current active horizontal alignment identification. The user can then add this table to the data
frame where the profile is developed. In
so doing, the user is able to superimpose points such as water or sewer line
crossings on the profile.
8. Modification to the [Plot Original Ground Profile] and [Plot
Profile from Polyline] commands under the {Cross-Section/Profile
commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections toolbar.
These commands will now process a Profile Points Table enabling the user
to superimpose points such as water or sewer line crossings on the
profile. In order for this functionality
to be activated the user simply needs to add the Profile Points Table to the
data frame where the profile is being generated. The Profile Points Table is a dBase table,
which is of the form proX_pts where X denotes the horizontal alignment
identification.
9. Modification to the ECHO tool within the
CEDRA-AVland-VAlignmentTools toolbar for ArcGIS users. A new option called Annotate Station and
Elevation has been added to the drop-down list.
This new option enables the user to annotate the station and elevation
value at a specific location. This
command operates like the Show Elevation option with the exception that an
annotation feature is created containing the station and elevation value
corresponding to the user's pick.
Additionally, the user is able to create a line and/or a point
feature. The line is a vertical line
commencing at the user's pick and proceeding upwards the length of the
annotation. The point is located at the
user's pick. The user is able to control
whether or not a line or a point feature is created by selecting the Yes or No
option to the appropriate parameter in the dialog box initially displayed upon command
invocation. All of the features created
by this tool are stored in the current active layer which is a dataset in the
Personal Geodatabase that follows the naming convention, AlgX, where X
represents the current active horizontal alignment ID.
10. Modification to the Relocation 5 command |CUT-OUT| and the
Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| for ArcGIS users only to copy the attribute
values of the base feature being processed to the new features that are created
if the layer of the feature being processed does not appear in the Rule Definition
File. Previously, if the layer of the
feature being processed did not appear in the Rule Definition File, the new
features that were created would have the attributes be blank, 0 or NULL
depending upon the field type.
11. Modification to the [Update Geometry] command for ArcGIS
users, which appears under the {CEDRA commands} combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVcad-Menus toolbar A new option
called Line Elevations from Points has been added to the Mode of Operation choice
list that is presented by this command.
This new option provides the user the ability to update the Z or
elevation values for line features based upon a point feature close to the end
point of the line. In updating the Z or
elevation value for a line, this option can utilize a point feature's attribute
value or its geometric Z value if the point feature is 3D. Likewise, if the line feature is 3D, the user
is able to update the line feature's attribute value or its geometric Z value.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0t
1. Addition of the CEDRA-DataFrame-Tools-4 toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This new toolbar is comprised of
three buttons which enable the user to create, recall and delete Layout
Definitions. Layout Definitions preserve
pertinent information associated with data frames and graphic elements in
Layout View. For data frames, this
information includes the position of the data frame as well as the map scale
and extent of the map associated with the data frame. For graphic elements, this information
includes the position of the graphic element.
The basic premis behind these buttons is that the user positions the
data frames and graphic elements for a particular layout. Once this is accomplished, the layout is
saved as a Layout Definition. The
elements in this layout can then be moved outside the page limits and another
group of elements positioned for another layout, which in turn is saved as
another Layout Definition. This process
is repeated for all desired layouts. The
Recall Layout button can then be used to reposition the elements as
appropriate. These buttons are ideal for
creating an ArcMap document file with multiple layouts.
2. Modification to the [Generate Proposed Surface] command
under the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
The command has been modified to provide an additional parameter called
Create Proposed Surface Points which enables the user to create point and
polygon features representing a plan view of the proposed surface. These features are created when the user
selects the YES option for this parameter.
The features are stored in the current active layer. In essence this option, when it is activated,
executes the [Points from Sections] and the [Polygons from Points]commands
after the proposed surface has been created.
3. Addition of the |Create 3D Point given Slope| tool to the
CEDRA-AVland-ContouringTools toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool enables the user to create a point
with an elevation based upon a slope and distance from a base point. When activated the user is prompted to select
the base point. Following this, the user
selects the location of the point to be created. An input dialog box will then be presented
for the user to specify the desired slope.
Once the slope has been confirmed the tool creates the point assigning
an elevation computed using the slope and computed distance from the base point
and the new point.
4. Modification to the Define Parcels 1 command |DEFINE
PARCEL|, for ArcGIS users when using the option called "Transcribe Deed
with Table". The Define Parcels 1
command is the first tool in the CEDRA-Deed-Tools toolbar. The Parcel and Traverse Course Entry Form has
been modified to allow the user to explicitly specify the tangent direction of
a tangent curve. Previously, the tangent
direction of a curve was specified by entering a Direction value of 0.0 which
implied that the direction of the previous course served as the tangent
direction of the curve. Now, the user is
able to enter a direction under the Direction column in conjunction with a
Distance value of 0.0. In this case the
direction that is specified serves as the tangent direction to be used in
generating the curve.
5. Modification to the
{Annotate} [Point Data] command, for ArcGIS users to allow the user the ability
to generate annotation in one of five modes.
The Include Label parameter has been renamed to Annotation Mode, which
contains five options called Plain, Include Label, Enclose w/ Circle, Enclose
w/ Box and Create Table. The Plain
option generates annotation representing the values of the attributes to be
processed. The Include Label option is
the same as Plain with the exception that the attribute label appears as a
prefix to the attribute value. The
Enclose w/ Circle option is the same as Plain with the exception that a circle
will place about the annotation.
Likewise, the Enclose w/ Box option places a rectangle about the
annotation. The Create Table option
generates a table with a row established for every point to be processed. The attribute values appear horizontally
under this option rather than vertically as with the other options. The generated features are selected and
native ArcMap functionality can be used to relocate the features. The PEN attribute is used to differentiate
the major grid lines from the minor grid lines.
6. Modification to the Define Parcels 1 command |DEFINE
PARCEL|, for ArcGIS users when using the option called "Transcribe Deed
with Table". The Define Parcels 1
command is the first tool in the CEDRA-Deed-Tools toolbar. The Parcel and Traverse Course Entry Form has
been modified to allow the user to generate the bearing and distance for a line
course. To utilize this new
functionality the user enters all of the courses comprising the parcel. The course that is to have the bearing and
distance computed should have the ? character entered for the bearing. Only one course in the parcel definition
should have the ? character specified for the course direction. When the command detects the ? character for
the bearing value, the command will traverse from the last course to the course
in question. A bearing and distance will
then be computed and displayed in the table for this course.
7. Modification to the [Define Surface Templates] command under
the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
The command has been modified to use the text associated with an
annotation feature as the default Template Identification value. Previously there was no default value
displayed and the user had to enter a value.
Now, the user has the option of selecting an annotation feature in
addition to the point and line features to be processed. In so doing the text associated with the
annotation feature will serve as the default Template Identification
value. If more than one annotation
feature is selected, the last annotation feature processed will be the one that
populates the default Template Identification value..
8. Addition of the CEDRA-DataSource-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS
users. This new toolbar contains one
button called CP, which enables the user to change the data source path name
for the active layers and/or tables in the Table of Contents. Upon selection of this button the command
determines if there are any active layers or tables. If there is not, an appropriate error message
is displayed. If there are active layers
or tables, a multi-input dialog box is displayed prompting the user for the
string to be changed and the string to replace the string to be changed. For example, the user could enter C: for the
string to be changed and D: for the string to replace the string to be
changed. Once the OK button is selected
the command determines the path name for a layer or table and modifies the path
name using the data specified by the user.
This command is extremely useful when data is moved from one location to
another and the path names have to be changed to avoid broken links within
ArcMap.
9. Modification to the |Change Coordinates| tool for ArcGIS
users. This tool can be found in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar. This tool
when processing line features will now display two new options for the Action
parameter. These options are called
Define Line Angle and Make All Shapes Orthogonal, respectively. Additionally, a new parameter called
Angle/Tolerance in Degrees has been added to the multi-input dialog box. These new Action options and dialog box
parameter enable the user to: (a) explicitly set the angle or direction for a
line feature and (b)force all line features in the active layer to be perfectly
horizontal or vertical..
10. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Copy Selected Features]
command to enable the user to copy features of different feature type at the
same time. Previously, the command would
only process one feature type at a time.
Now the command poses an option All Feature Types when multiple feature
types are detected. Selecting this
option indicates that all selected feature types are to be processed. Under this scenario the default option for
the destination layer is Their Same Layers.
The Their Same Layers option indicates that the selected features are to
be copied into their source layer.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0s
1. Addition of the [Point Elev. from 3D Polygons] command in
the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this new command in
the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This new command enables the user to
interpolate an elevation for point features based upon a layer containing 3D
polygon features. In using this command, the user must first activate in the
table of contents the two layers which represent the point layer and the layer
containing the 3D polygon features. Once
done, the user can select the command.
Upon selection of the command, the program will display a dialog box
where the user can specify the desired interpolation parameter values, which
includes specification of the field to contain the interpolated elevation
value.
2. Modification to the {Annotate} [Text or Attribute] command
when using the option Attribute(s) from the Table for ArcGIS users Four new options have been added to the
Quadrant drop-down list called N : Left, N : Right, S : Left and S : Right
which enable the user to left or right justify the annotation in the North and
South quadrants. Previously, the
annotation in these quadrants were always centered. Now the user has the option to left or right
justify the annotation in these quadrants.
Additionally, the command has been modified to not create a text feature
which contains a single blank character.
Previously, the command would create a text element containing a single
blank character when the attribute that was processed contained a single blank
character.
3. Addition of the [Plot Profile from Well Data] command under
the {Cross-Section/Profile commands}combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new command enables the user to generate
a profile from a selected set of point features. In creating the profile, the station values
can be derived from: (a) the distance from the first point, (b) the point's M
value, (c) the point's ID value, (d) the sequential number of the point or (e)
an attribute value, while the elevation values can be derived from: (a) the
point's Z value, (b) the point's ID value or (c) an attribute value. In using this command, the user activates in
the TOC the layer containing the points to be processed, afterwards, the
specific points should be selected. Upon
selection, the command searches the active layer for selected points. Once found, the command functions like the
[Plot Original Ground Profile] command.
A new data frame will be created by this command containing the profile
drawing. The Profile Identifier, which
is entered by the user, is used in naming the new data frame.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS
users when processing multi-part annotation.
Previously, the annotation would not be exported as expected. Now, the command will export each of the
parts comprising the multi-part annotation as individual text elements
maintaining the annotation's insert point, orientation and size for the part.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension for ArcGIS
users when processing ILineCallout elements.
The algorithm used for processing these elements has been modified to
improve the appearance of the callout element in the DXF file.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
offers a new parameter to the dialog box which is displays. The parameter Assign Feature Color based upon
Layer Color enables the user to indicate that the feature color is based
upon the layer color. In so doing,
changing the color of the layer will result in the feature color being
changed. If this parameter is not
checked, the color of the feature will need to be changed on a feature basis
rather than a layer basis.
7. Modification to the [Assign Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Assign Attribute command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The Assign Attribute command will now process an equation. Previously, the user was only able to specify
a specific value or a field name. Now
the user is able to specify an equation that can be evaluated with the results
stored in the specified field. To
indicate that an equation is to be processed the user must enter as the first
and last characters in the value the characters ( and ). For example, the string: ((([SHAPE_Length] *
(1.0 / 0.3048)) / 5280 * 60 / [FT_SPEED]) * [TIME_FACTOR]) would be recognized
as an equation because the first and last characters in the string are ( and )
respectively.
8. Addition of the CEDRA-Transform2-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This new toolbar provides the T4
or 4 parameter transformation functionality.
A T4 transformation enables the user to transform selected features
using a variable number of control points without distorting the features. That is to say, feature lengths are
maintained. Five tools labeled B, C, BC,
T and X appear on this toolbar. The B
tool enables the user to define the base points. The C tool provides the ability to define the
controls points, that is, the location where the base points are to be moved
to. The BC tool allows the user to
define a Base and Control point pair without reactivating the tool. The T tool performs the T4 transformation on
the current active layers. If an active
layer contains selected features then only the selected features will be
processed. If the active layer does not
contain selected features, the user will be prompted to confirm whether or not
all features in the active layer are to be processed. The X tool deletes the Base and Controls
points enabling the user to define a new set of Base and Control points.
9. Addition of the [Import Alignment Data] command under the
{Vertical Alignment commands}combo-box within the CEDRA-AVland-VAlignmentMenus
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This command
enables the user to create a vertical alignment from an ASCII file containing
vertical alignment information The
structure of the ASCII file is that the first data line in the file represents
the start point of the vertical alignment.
The last data line in the file denotes the end point of the vertical
alignment. The intermediate data lines
represent the vertical PIs in station ascending order. Each data line must contain two values. The first value represents the station value
while the second denotes the elevation value.
The data lines representing the PIs may contain an optional third value
which denotes the vertical curve length that is associated with the PI. If the curve length is omitted a vertical
curve length of 0 is assigned to the PI.
Upon selection a multi-input dialog box is presented in which the user
specifies: (a) the profile grid that the vertical alignment is to be
superimposed upon, (b) the name of the file to be processed and (c) the
vertical alignment id of the vertical alignment to be created.
10. Modification to the Point Elev. from TIN command within the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This
command is now able to process more than 1 raster or tin layer. Previously only 1 raster or tin layer could
be active during the processing. Now the
command is able to process multiple raster and tin layers in addtion to the
point layer.
11. Modification to the [Generate Curve Tables] command under the
{Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
A new option called Horizontal Table - Pipeline has been added to the
Type of Table parameter. This new option
generates a table containing the PI's Station value, Deflection Angle, Forward
Bearing and Forward Distance. The items
in the table are fixed and as such the table is generated upon selection of the
OK button. Once the table has been
created the ArcMap Edit Tool can be used to position the table as desired. Additionally, native ArcMap fucntionality can
be used to modify the table as need be.
12. Modification to the [Generate Curve Tables] command under the
{Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
The user is now able to specify a range of PIs to be processed. Previously, the user could enter 0 to denote
all PIs in the alignment are to be processed or a specific PI number. Now the user is able to specify a range of
PIs by entering two values separated by a space or a comma. For example, 6 10 would denote PIs 6 through 10 inclusive
are to be processed.
13. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| for ArcGIS
users. A new parameter has been added to
the initial dialog box that is displayed by this command. The new parameter has a label called Desired
Deflection Angle and enables the user to specify the desired deflection angle
when two or more features are connected at the end point of the line being
processed. This parameter can be used to
identify the preferred route of travel when multiple paths are available. For example, two lines are connected
at the end point of a line being processed.
One of the two lines shares the same direction (a deflection angle of 0)
as the line being processed, while the other line is perpendicular (a
deflection angle of 90). If the user
specifies a Desired Deflection Angle of 90.
The command will make the line with a deflection angle of 90 the first line
that is presented for path confirmation.
14. Addition of the [Import LandXML] command within the
CEDRA-AVland-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS users. This command enables the user to import a
LAND XML file to create point and polygon features depending upon which
features are present in the LAND XML file.
Upon activation of the command the user is prompted to specify the name
of the file to be imported as well as the type of features to be created. The features which are created are stored in
a personal geodatabase whose name will be that of the current active layer.
15. Addition of the [Compute Footage Calls] command in the
combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command will compute the offsets from the north, south, east and
west edges of a polygon or closed polyline feature. The offsets values are stored in the
following fields, FNL, FSL, FEL and FWL, respectively. These fields are of type string with a limit
of 20 characters. To use this command,
the user must first activate a point and a polyline/polygon layer. The command will process selected features or
all features. The command also offers
two types of footage (offset) computations, Cardinal or Perpendicular. The user also has the ability to generate
lines connecting the base point to the polyline/polygon edge. The line features are stored in the current
active layer.
16. Addition of the [Enter Footage Calls] command in the combo-box
on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command enables the user to enter footage calls (1500 FNL, 2000
FEL, etc.) and create point features with the option of creating line features
connecting the point feature with the appropriate edge of a polyline/polygon
feature. To use this command, the user
must first activate a polyline/polygon layer.
If no feature is selected within this layer, the command assumes a table
is to be processed. If a feature is
selected, then the selected feature is processed. Depending upon the selection state of the
layer different dialog boxes will be posed to the user. The point and line features, if any, that are
created are stored in the current active layer.
17. Modification to the Line 8 tool |PT SLOP| to allow the user
the ability to edit the slope associated with an existing line feature. To invoke this functionality the user after
activating the tool should make a pick on an existing line feature away from
the start or end point of the line.
Under this condition the tool assumes that the user wishes to edit an
existing line feature and as such prompts the user for confirmation of the
found feature. Upon confirmation a
multi-input dialog box is presented in which the user can: (a) specify the
elevations of the start and end points, (b) specify the dX, dY and dZ
components of the line or (c) enter the distance and slope of the line. Using the specified information the tool
recomputes the coordinates of the end point of the line.
18. Modification to the Relocation 4 command |EXT/ELE/XING| for
ArcGIS users. The command now displays
an additional check box control at the bottom of the Yes/No/Cancel query box,
which is displayed after the user selects the features to be extended, that
enables the user to indicate if both end points of the line feature(s) being
processed are to be extended or retracted to their intersection with the base
feature. Depending upon the geometry of
the features being processed this option may or may not be applicable.
19. Addition of the |Interpolate Elevations on 3D Line| tool to
the CEDRA-AVland-ContouringTools toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool enables the user to: (a) interpolate
elevations for existing vertices on a 3D line or (b) introduce new vertices on
a 3D line. For either mode of operation
the user must first select and confirm the 3D line to be processed. Following this the user picks two points on
the 3D line denoting the start and end points of processing. These points can be existing vertices or
not. A multi-input dialog box will then
be presented in which the user specifies the elevation values corresponding to
the start and end points, the mode of operation and the number of vertices to
be inserted, if appropriate.
20. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The [Transfer Attribute] command has been
modified to allow the user the ability to add a prefix or suffix to the
attribute value(s) to be transferred, if so desired. The text, <none>, denotes that the
prefix or suffix is not to be added, any other text which is entered in the
appropriate data fields will be used as either a prefix or suffix. The multi-input dialog box posed by this
command has been modified to accommodate the two new parameters.
21. Modification to the Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT| for ArcGIS
users when processing polyline and polygon features. When editing these types of features the user
is now able to depress the D or d key to delete the vertex which is closest to
the current cursor position and the ESC key to terminate the edit operation.
22. Addition of the [Vertices from Points] command in the combo-box
on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command enables the user to create vertices on polyline and/or
polygon features from selected point features which are within a user-specified
proximity to the polyline or polygon feature.
In creating the vertices the user is able to use the coordinates of the
selected point directly or the point's point of projection coordinates. This command operates in a manner similar to
the [Snap to Points] command with the exception of rather than moving vertices,
this new command will insert vertices.
23. Addition of the [Shared Vertices] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to force vertices within polyline and
polygon features which are within a user-specified tolerance to be
identical. The command operates on the
current active layer. This command is very
useful in ensuring that lines that meet together at a common point share the
exact same vertex coordinates. If the
vertices are identical, no modification is made to the features. Additionally, the user is able to introduce
vertices if a vertex is missing from one of the two connecting features.
24. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| for ArcGIS
users. A new option called Point &
Auto-Search to Store Order has been added to the choice list displayed by this
command. This new option enables the
user to define a string from which the sequential index value or the distance
to the start of the feature within the string can be stored as an attribute
value. Additionally, the user has the
ability to create a new polyline feature comprised of the vertices within the
string.
25. Modification to the Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT| for ArcGIS
users when processing polyline and polygon features. When editing these types of features the user
is now able to draw a rectangle which will result in the vertices which are
within said rectangle being deleted.
Previously, the user had to depress the D or d key to delete a
vertex. The user now, in addition to
depressing the D or d key, can draw a rectangle to delete one or more vertices
from the feature being processed.
26. Modification to the [Update Geometry] command for ArcGIS users,
which appears under the {CEDRA commands} combo-box within the CEDRA-AVcad-Menus
toolbar A new option called Specify
Geometric Fields has been added to the Mode of Operation choice list that is
presented by this command. This new
option provides the user the ability to specify the field(s) to be populated
with certain geometric values. Depending
upon the feature type of the active layer, the user is presented with a
multi-input dialog box containing drop-down lists for the various geometric
properties that can be stored in the layer's attribute table. The user is able to select a name from the
drop-down list or enter a name. If a
name is entered the command will create the field for the user. This option operates on the current active
layer.
27. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [AVcad Properties] command
to allow the user to specify the use of ArcGIS Classic snapping. A new option has been added to the Snap
points using parameter called ArcGIS Classic.
When this option is active the layer snapping settings will be used in
performing point snapping. Additionally,
when a snap has been found a blue dot will be displayed indicating the location
of the snap. Note that snapping under
this mode will occur only when the Editor is in session.
28. Modification to the {Annotate} [Text or Attribute] command for
ArcGIS users This command will now
process layers which have Joins assigned to them. Previously, the joined attributes could not
be processed by this command. Now the
user is able to create annotation for values assigned to joined attributes.
29. Addition of the [Vertices to Points] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to create point features at the location
of vertices comprising polyline or polygon features. Additionally, the user is able to transfer
attributes from the polyline/polygon layer being process to the point layer
containing the newly created point features.
This command operates on the current active layer. If no features are selected the command will
process all features in the layer. The
user is prompted to specify which attributes, if any, are to be transferred to
the point layer. The points created by
this command are stored in the current active layer.
30. Modification to the Offset 1 command |PARL LN| for ArcGIS
users when processing multi-part polygon features. The command will now process the part whose
vertex is closest to the coordinates of the pick that was made to select the
feature. Previously, the command would
process the first part comprising the multi-part feature. Now, based upon where the user makes the
selection pick, the command will process the part with the vertex closest to
this pick.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0r
1. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command has
been modified to handle leader callouts created with ArcGIS Version 10.1. The internal storage for leader callouts
within ArcGIS changed at 10.1 which required a reworking of the logic that was
used to export the leader callout.
Previously, an enclosing rectangle would appear around the text. Now, the leader callout will appear.
2. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will not export polygon graphics which have a fill color of NO COLOR and an
outline color of NO COLOR. Previously,
this type of polygon graphic would be exported.
Now, this type of graphic is ignored.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
offers a new parameter to the dialog box which is displays. The parameter Text Width Scale Factor enables
the user to specify a specific text width scale factor when exporting graphic
text or annotation features. A value of
Auto or 0 indicates that the user wishes to use a program computed value. A value greater than zero denotes the
specific value that should be used in the export process for all graphic text
and annotation features.
4. Modification to the [Export to LandXML] command within the
CEDRA-AVland-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS users. The elevation parameter has been replaced
with two elevation parameters called Point Layer Elevation Attribute and Line
Layer Elevation Attribute, which enable the user to specify the field names in
the point and line layers that are processed which contain the elevation values
to be exported. Previously, it was
assumed that the same field name would be used for both the point and line
layer. Now, it is possible for the point
and line layers to have different field names that contain elevation values.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now skip features which have been assigned the NO COLOR value. Previously, the feature was exported. Now, if the layer is not visible or if the
feature has been assigned the NO COLOR value, which has the effect that the
feature can not be seen, the command will ignore the feature during the
exporting process.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The definition file,
aclayers.txt, is now processed by the program.
This file is used to override the default setting of not exporting
features in layers that have a color value of NO COLOR assigned to them. By entering the name of the layer in the
aclayers.txt file, the command will export the feature even though the color
setting is NO COLOR. See the
aclayers.txt file for more information regarding how the file can be
configured.
7. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The [Transfer Attribute] command now supports
4 geometry keyword options call FEATURE_GEOMETRY, FEATURE_GEOMETRY_X,
FEATURE_GEOMETRY_Y and FEATURE_GEOMETRY_Z.
These options will appear when a point and a polyline layer are being
processed and enable the user to alter the geometry of the feature(s) to be
modified. Previously, the user was only
able to alter the attribute values of a feature. Using these new keyword options, the user is
able to modifiy the geometry of a feature in addtion to its attribute
values. For example, the user to able to
change the Z value of a line feature using a point feature's attribute value or
it's Z value. In this case, the polyline
vertex that is modified is determined by the command as the vertex that is
closest to the point feature being processed.
8. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The [Transfer Attribute] command offers a new
option under the Features to Process parameter called Only Selected Features. When this option is selected, the command will
only process the features that are selected prior to activating the
command. The result is that only the
features which are selected prior to activating the command will be processed.
9. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the CEDRA-Skeletonization
extension, for ArcGIS users when using the Transfer Attribute File
parameter. It is now possible for the
user to specify a hard-coded value that will be stored in a specific field. Previously, the user was only able to
transfer the attribute value from one field to another. Now it is possible for the user to specify an
explicit value that will be stored. To
do so, the hard-coded value must be enclosed in double-quotes. For example, the data line
"24" DELTA will result in the
value 24 being stored in the field DELTA.
10. Modification to the [Lines Connected to Points] command within
the CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. Two new options have been added to the Mode
of Operation parameter called Highlight and Highlight and Report.
11. Modification to the [Lines Connected to Points] command within
the CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. A new parameter called Number of Selected
Features per Point has been added to the multi-input dialog box posed by the
command. This new parameter enables the
user to control which points should be processed by specifying the desired
number of lines that are within proximity to a point. For example, the default value ALL results in
the command processing all points that have at least one connecting line
feature. If the value 4 is specified for
this parameter, only point features that have exactly 4 line features within
proximity to the point will be processed.
12. Modification to the CEDRA-AVland-ContouringTools toolbar for
ArcGIS users. This toolbar is now
comprised of four tools: (a) Create 3D Polygon, (b) Flip Triangles, (c)
Intersect Line w/ 3D Polygons and (d) Set Vertex Z Value. The Flip Triangles tool was previously the
only tool in the toolbar.
13. Modification to the Intersection 1 command |I 2L/NBL| when
processing multi-part features. The
command will now process all parts in the feature. Previously, only the first part in the
multi-part feature was processed. Now
all parts in the multi-part are processed.
If a specific part is to be processed, the Break Feature tool can be
used to extract the specific part to be processed prior to using the
Intersection 1 tool.
14. Addition of the |Assign Fixed Attributes| tool to the
CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users.
This tool enables the user to assign specific attribute values to
selected features without having to go through a dialog box interface. This tool processes a Fixed Attributes
Definition File which contains the name of the layer to be processed along with
the attributes and attribute values to be assigned. There is no limit to the number of layers
that can appear in this file.
Additionally, it is possible to have multiple definitions for the same
layer name. In this case, the user will
be prompted as to which definition is to be processed. To use this tool, the user first activates
the layer to be processed, selects the feature(s) to be processed and then
selects the tool.
15. Modification to the [Assign Attribute] command within the CEDRA-Skeletonization
extension, for ArcGIS users. The Assign
Attribute command can be found in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar. The Assign Attribute command will now upon
activation query the user, if there are no selected features in the current active
layer, if all features within the layer are to be processed.. A Yes/No message box will be presented. Selection of the No button will abort the
command, while selecting the Yes button indicates processing should continue.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0q
1. Addition of the [Line Segments to Curve] command to the
combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command will parse a polyline or polygon feature looking for line
segments within the feature that represent a circular curve. If found, the line segments comprising the
curve are replaced with a circular curve resulting in a smoother looking
feature. This command operates on the
features in the active layer. If the
active layer contains selected features then only the selected features are
processed. This command will pose a
multi-input dialog box from which the user can specify various curve smoothing
parameters. By specifying different
values for these parameters the user is able to control the shape of the
polyline or polygon. Should the user
wish to explicity enter data for each of the segments comprising the feature,
the user is able to do so.
2. Addition of the [Points to Hec-Ras Sections] command under
the {Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This new command will create a HEC-RAS GIS
Import File from point and line features.
This command needs to have an active point and line layer in order to
operate. These layers represent the
cross-section surface points and cut line, respectively. Additionally, the user is able to specify two
additional layers which represent the stream and/or reaches and their end
points, respectively. These four layers
are then used to create a RAS GIS Import File which can be imported in HEC-RAS'
Geometric Editor.
3. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The [Transfer Attribute] command can be found
in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
A new parameter has been added to the multi-input dialog box called
Transfer Attribute File. This parameter
enables the user to specify the name of a text file that contains the field
names to be processed. When a Transfer
Attribute File is specified the user does not enter the field names in the
multi-input dialog box. The field names
are specified in the file. Each data
line in the file contains two entries separated by at least one blank
character. The first entry is the name
of the attribute to be transferred while the second entry is the name of the attribute
to contain the value being transferred.
Note that the Transfer Attribute File only contains the field
names. The layer names to be processed
and other parmaeters are specified via the multi-input dialog box.
4. Modification to the [Generate Curve Tables] command under
the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
The command has been modified to enable the user to annotate the Degree
of Curve using either the Arc or Chord Methods.
Two new options have been added to the choice list message box which
contains the available parameters that can be annotated. These new parameters are called Degree of
Curve - Arc and Degree of Curve - Chord.
The Arc method uses the following equation, D = 5729.578 / R, while the
Chord method uses the following equation, D = 5729.648 / R to compute the
degree of curve. This value is displayed
in terms of degrees, minutes and seconds.
5. Modification to the |Change Coordinates| tool for ArcGIS
users. This tool can be found in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar. This tool
when processing point features will now handle longitudes (X coordinates) and
latitudes (Y coordinates) in string format.
Previously, longitudes and latitudes had to appear in decimal degree
form, such as 46.32456. Now, the command
is able to process values such as 46°15'43.2345". Note that values in this form, that is,
degrees, minutes and seconds, may or may not contain the degrees, minutes and
seconds symbols. If these symbols are
not included then at least one space or a single comma must delineate the
individual values. So that, longitude
and latitude values can now appear as decimal degrees or as degrees, minutes
and seconds, with or without the degrees, minutes and seconds symbols.
6. Modification to the |Change Coordinates| tool for ArcGIS
users. This tool can be found in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar. This tool
when processing point features will now present a multi-input dialog box
prompting the user for: (a) the field that contains the X coordinate
(longitude) values, (b) the field that contains the Y coordinate (latitude)
values and (c) the desired projection mode.
The user is able to: (a) apply no projection, (b) project the point into
the Data Frame coordinate system or (c) project the point into the Point
Layer's coordinate system.
7. Modification to the |Change Coordinates| tool for ArcGIS
users. This tool can be found in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar. To
initialize the tool, the user can simply select any other tool on this
toolbar. In so doing the initial
multi-input dialog box will be presented when processing point features. Previously, once the tool was selected and
the required information defined there was no way to redefine the required
information. Now, the user can click on
any other tool on this toolbar to reinitialize the parameters used by this
tool. So that when this tool is
reactivated the multi-input dialog box will be redisplayed.
8. Modification to the [Split Polygons] command within the
combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar.
A new parameter called Transfer Common Fields from Split Layer has been
added to the multi-input dialog box presented by the command. When the Yes option for this parameter is
selected, the command will copy the attribute values for those fields which are
common between the split layer and the layer to be split. The attribute values from the split feature
are transferred to the feature being split.
9. Modification to the [Collapse Polygon to Point] command in
the combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar. This command will now better handle
multi-part geometries. Previously, the
command would only search for the optimal X coordinate value. The command will now search for the optimal X
and Y coordinate for multi-part geometries.
Additionally, for multi-part geometries, the point will now be placed in
the part with the largest area value.
10. Addition of the [Intersect with Sections] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will intersect the active line
and/or polygon layers with the cross-section lines associated with a horizontal
alignment. The result of which will be a
Cross-Section Points Table and/or point features which are stored in the
current active layer. The Cross-Section
Points Table is a dBase table, which is of the form xscX_pts where X denotes
the current active horizontal alignment identification. The user can then add this table to the data
frame where the cross-sections are developed.
In so doing, the user is able to superimpose points such as water or
sewer line crossings on the cross-section.
11. Addition of the [Line Elevations from TIN] command in the
combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command will convert two-dimensional polyline features into
three-dimensional polyline features. To
use this command, the user activates in the Table of Contents the
two-dimensional polyline layer and TIN dataset to be processed. A multi-input dialog box appears enabling the
user to specify: (a) whether all features or just the selected set of features
in the active line layer are to be processed, (b) the name of the 3D layer to
contain the three-dimensional polyline features and (c) whether attrributes
from the 2D line layer are to be transferred to the 3D line layer.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0p
1. Addition of the Deed Writer command to the
CEDRA-AVland-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new command enables the user to create a
formatted deed report using the information contained in a Parce/Traverse
Course Report File in conjunction with a deed template.
2. Addition of the Export to LandXML command to the
CEDRA-AVland-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new command enables the user to create a
LAND XML file by exporting alignments, CEDRA TIN or contours. The layer(s) to be processed are first selected
by the user, after which, the command is activated. Upon invocation, a multi-input dialog box is
displayed from which the user specifies the type of export to be performed and
the name of the file to be created. Once
the OK button is selected, the command processes the selected features in the
active layer(s) or all of the features in the active layer(s) if no features
are selected and created the LAND XML file.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now export labels for those visible layers that have their labels turned
on. Previously, the user had to convert
the labels to annotation features or graphic text elements in order to export
the labels. Now, the command will export
the labels by creating an annotation group layer containing graphic text
elements representing the labels and then export the annotation group
layer. Once the export is complete, the
annotation group layer, which was created, is deleted.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now trim the classification names for the classes in a layer to a maximum
of 31 characters. Previously, this was
not done which resulted in the DXF file, which was created, not being able to
be read by some programs. Now the
classification names are trimed to a maximum of 31 characters to ensure the DXF
file can be imported in all DXF importers.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The definition file,
aclinetypes.txt, is now processed by the program. This file contains a list of the available
AutoCAD linetypes that can be mapped to an ArcMap layer or classification
within a layer. This file is an ASCII
based file which contains a sequential list of the available linetype names as
they would appear in AutoCAD. This file
is used by the [Line Symbol Mapping] command.
6. Addition of the [Line Symbol Mapping] command to the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
The [Line Symbol Mapping] command operates in 3 possible modes. The first is to Define Line Symbol Mapping,
the second is to Export Line Symbol Mapping and the third is to Import Line
Symbol Mapping. The [Line Symbol
Mapping] command enables the user to assign to a layer or a classification
within a layer a specific AutoCAD linetype.
Since ArcMap line symbols are not exported, this command offers the user
the ability to assign to a layer or a classification within a layer a specific AutoCAD
linetype. In so doing, when the DXF file
is imported some line symbology will be assigned to the layer. Note that the
AutoCAD command LTSCALE will need to be used to set the display of the linetype
accordingly. Additionally, the user will
need to reload the linetype file containing the mapped linetypes. This two steps will ensure that the linetype
is properly drawn. Note that if using
Microstation, the user will need to save the drawing in .DGN format in order to
display the linetypes. When the [Line
Symbol Mapping] command is activated, the user is first prompted for the
desired mode of operation. Once this is
done, the user can follow the on screen instructions to perform the desired
operation.
7. Modification to the [Split Polygons Equal Area] command
which is in the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. The special algorithm,
Cross-Hatch, has been modified to produce the specified number of polygons. The computations which determine the number
of polygons to be generated have been modified, as has the method in which the
subdividing was performed. Additionally,
if the user specifies the desired number of rows and columns (the last
parameter in the multi-input dialog box) and the product of these values is
different from what the command expects to generate, the command will query the
user as to the desired number of rows and columns to generate. In so doing, the user can compare what the
command computes and what is desired and then enter the values that should be
used.
8. Modification to the [Points from Sections] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. A new parameter called Connect Point(s) has
been added to the multi-input dialog box.
This new parameter enables the user to specify the cross-section point
numbers that should be connected. For
example, if the first cross-section point is to be connected, the user should
enter 1. In so doing, a polyline feature
will be created connecting the first point in each cross-section
processed. This is an excellent means of
generating toe of slope lines. If the
first and last cross-section points are to be connected, the user could enter 1
999, where 999 is a value larger than the number of points comprising a
cross-section. In this case, two
polylines would be created. If no lines are to be created, the user should
enter 0. A space, comma or tab character
must separate the individual cross-section point numbers.
9. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users. The Map Tips tool has been changed to display
the map tip within the screen when the map tip is too large. Previously, the tool would position the top
of the map tip above the top of the screen resulting in the map tip being
truncated. The tool now will force the
top of the map tip to be at the top of the screen when the tool determines that
the top of the map tip would be off screen.
10. Addition of the [Collapse Polygon to Point] command to the
combo-box on the {CEDRA-Polygon-Tools} toolbar.
This command will create a point feature at the center of a polygon with
the ability to transfer one or many attributes from the polygon to the
point. In creating the point, the
command ensures that the point falls within the polygon and not outside of it. The point features which are created are
stored in the current active layer. The
user selects the polygons to be processed and activates the layer in which
these polygons reside prior to activating this command.
11. Modification to the HA Start/End Points tool for ArcGIS
users. ArcGIS users will find this tool
in the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentTools toolbar.
When using the Move Start/End Point option the command will now allow the
user to select another alignment keynode (such as a PI) as the new location of
the start or end point of the alignment.
Previously, when an alignment keynode was selected as the new location
the tool assumed that the keynode was to be processed. This is no longer the case.
12. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The [Transfer Attribute] command can be found
in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command when comparing two polyline layers will use the midpoint of
the line as the buffering point.
Previously, the command would use the entire polyline, which in a street
network would result in multiple lines being found. Now, the midpoint is used which results in
much fewer matches being made.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0o
1. Modification to the Center
Text tool in the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. A new parameter called Process Text in
Reverse Order has been added to the multi-input dialog box that is presented by
the tool. If the Yes option is selected
for this parameter, the tool will reverse the order of the selected text. For example, if there are text called A which
appears above a text called B which appears above a text called C and the Yes
option is selected for this new parameter, the text C will appear above B and A
will appear at the bottom, below B.
2. Modification to the Center
Text tool in the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. If the user specifies a value of 0 for the
Spacing between Features parameter when using the Center within Horizontal
Line, Center within Vertical Line and Center within Inclined Line/Curve
options, the tool will not position the text on the implied baseline but rather
will maintain the text's X or Y coordinate, depending upon the selected option,
and simply center the text within the implied baseline.
3. Modification to the Center
Text tool in the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users to improve the
positioning of text when a curve is defined as the implied baseline. Previously, undesired results were generated
when processing multiple text when the implied baseline was a curve.
4. Modification to the Point 1 command |DEFINE POINT| for
ArcGIS users to create a 3D point when the current active layer exists in the
Table of Contents and can handle geometries with Z values. Previously, this was not done.
5. Modification to the Edit Feature command within the
CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Edit Feature command will now update the
Z value for a 3D point feature if the user specifies a Z value using one of the
following attributes: ELEVATION, ELEV, ELV, Z or CONTOUR. If one of the above mentioned attributes is
processed, the value entered for the attribute will be assigned to the features
Z value. Previously, the geometry of the
feature was not modified. Now, for 3D
point features the user is able to modify the Z value using this tool.
6. Modification to the Edit Feature command within the
CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Edit Feature command will now update the
Z value for a 3D polyline feature if the user specifies a Z value using one of
the following attributes: SZ, Z1, EZ or Z2.
If one of the above mentioned attributes is processed, the value entered
for the attribute will be assigned to the features Z value. Previously, the geometry of the feature was
not modified. Now, for 3D polyline
features the user is able to modify the Z value using this tool.
7. Modification to the Edit Feature command within the
CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Edit Feature command will now update the
Z value for a 3D polygon feature if the user specifies a Z value using one of
the following attributes: Z1, Z2 or Z3.
If one of the above mentioned attributes is processed, the value entered
for the attribute will be assigned to the features Z value. Previously, the geometry of the feature was
not modified. Now, for 3D polyline
features the user is able to modify the Z value using this tool.
8. Modification to the [Contours from Points], [Contours from
Polygons] and [Regenerate Contours] commands under the {Contouring commands}
combo-box for ArcGIS users. These
commands have been modified to display a new parameter at the bottom of the
multi-input dialog box that is displayed.
The new parameter called, Break Heavy Contours, enables the user to
specify if an index or heavy contour string is to be broken or not when an
elevation annotation feature is created.
Previously, the heavy contour strings were always broken where the
annotation was placed. Now the user has
the option of breaking or not breaking the contour string. If the heavy contour string is not broken,
the elevation annotation feature that is created will have a white background
assigned to it to simulate the heavy contour string being broken.
9. Addition of the Export Polygons with Hatches parameter to
the [Create DXF File] command within the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. This new parameter enables the
user to specify whether polygons are to be exported as hatches or as closed
polylines with no hatch. Previously,
polygons were exported as hatches.
10. Modification to the [Connect Points] command within the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. A new parameter has been added to the
multi-input dialog box called Feature to Create. This new parameter enables the user to
specify whether line or polygon features are to be created. Previously, the command only created line
features. Now the user has the ability
to specify whether line or polygon features are to be created.
11. Modification to the |DataEditor06| and |DataEditor07| tools
within the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users. A new parameter has been added to the dialog
box, presented by these commands, called Apply Rule Definition File to the Base
Feature. The new parameter is a check
box control. When the parameter is
checked, the command will apply the Rule Definition File settings to the broken
portion of the base feature as well as the new feature that is created. When the parameter is not checked, the Rule
Definition File settings are applied only to the new feature that is
created. The broken portion of the base
feature is assigned the same values of the base feature. Previously, the Rule Definition File settings
were applied to both the new feature that was created as well as the broken
portion of the base feature.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0n
1. Modification to the [Sections from Polygons] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. The methodology for computing the profile
elevation has been changed from interpolating an elevation between two
cross-section shots to computing the elevation on a triangular plane at a specific
coordinate. This approach produces a
more accurate profile when the station interval becomes small.
2. Addition of the [Profile from Contours] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands}combo-box within the CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This command
will extract a profile using a selected line feature in one layer and
intersecting it with the lines in another layer. The result of this command will be either a
profile data table containing the profile information or point features that
are stored in the current active layer.
A multi-input dialog box is displayed upon command activation. The user is able to specify: (a) the layer
containing the line feature that represents the profile alignment, (b) the
layer containing the contour lines, (c) a starting station value, (d) the
profile data table identifier and (e) whether a profile data table or point
features are to be created. If an
existing profile data table is specified, the existing data is deleted. A profile data table is defined as a table
that contains the STATION and ELEVATION fields.
To use this command, the user selects the line that represents the
profile alignment prior to activating this command. The elevation of the contour line is taken
using the first of the following attributes that is found: ELEVATION, Z, ELV,
ELS, ELE, ELEV and CONTOUR.
3. Addition of the |Change Coordinates| tool for ArcGIS
users. This tool can be found in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar. The
|Change Coordinates| tool enables the user to alter the keynode coordinates of
point and polyline features. For point
features, the user is able to edit the coordinates of a point within the
attribute table window, for the layer in which the point feature resides, and
have the shape of the point updated in the map.
For polyline features, a multi-input dialog box appears in which the
user can either: (a) enter coordinates or (b) make picks for the start, end and
center points represting a line or curve.
Additionally, the user is able to specify the radius and direction
(clockwise or counter-clockwise) of a curve.
In so doing, the user is able to: (a) change a line into a curve and
vice-versa, (b) change the radius of a curve, (c) change the direction of a
curve, (d) change the start and/or end point coordinates of a line or curve and
(e) change the center point coordinates of a curve.
4. Modification to the [Sections from TIN], [Sections from
Contours] and [Sections from Polygons] commands, within the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users, to display a Stop
button during their respective processing.
Previously, there was no Stop button displayed so there was no way to
abort the command.
5. Modification to the Define Parcels 1 command |DEFINE
PARCEL|, for ArcGIS users when using the option called "Transcribe Deed
with Table". The Define Parcels 1
command is the first tool in the CEDRA-Deed-Tools toolbar. The Parcel and Traverse Course Entry Form has
been modified to scroll the data as the user moves the vertical scroll
bar. Previously, the data remained
static as the vertical scroll bar was moved.
Now as the user moves the scroll bar, the appropriate rows are displayed
during the scrolling. Additionally, when
the user depresses the Enter key, the data displayed in the rows and columns no
longers scrolls. Previously, when the
Enter key was depressed the user could see the data scroll from the first row
to the last row.
6. Modification to the [Compute Station and Offset] command
under the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
The command is now able to generate annotation features representing the
station and offset values. These values
are stored in the current active layer.
A new parameter called Create Annotation has been added to the
multi-input dialog box. A response of
YES indicates that the command is to generate annotation features. Furthermore, the following parameters have
also been added to the multi-input dialog box: DX Offset, DY Offset, Text
Angle, Station Annotation Prefix, Offset Annotation Prefix and Digits Right of
Decimal which enable the user to control how the annotation appears.
7. Modification to the [Vertical Alignment ID] command under
the {Vertical Alignment commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users. A new parameter has been added to the dialog
box that is presented enabling the user to make the non-active vertical alignments
invisible. If the YES option is selected
all of the vertical alignments, other than the current active vertical
alignment, will be assigned a NO COLOR value thereby making the alignment
invisible to the user.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0m
1. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. A new keyword has been added to
the themes.txt file called FIXEDWIDTH which indicates on a vertical dialog box
that all of the TextBox and ComboBox controls will share the same left coordinate
and width values. Previously, these
controls would vary in left coordinate and width values depending upon the
length of the user-specified label. Now,
if the FIXEDWIDTH keyword in present in the themes.txt file, these controls
will be left and right justified. This
modification effects the DataEditor01 tool.
2. Modification to the |DataEditor06| and |DataEditor07| tools
within the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users. These tools have been modified to allow the
user to add a line or point feature, respectively, at either end point of an
existing line feature without breaking the line. The display of the red marker has also been
modified to maintain its position at either end point of the existing line
feature depending upon where the cursor is located.
3. Addition of a ComboBox control to the |DataEditor08| tool's
Associated Table Attribute Dialog Box, which previously only supported TextBox
controls. The same syntax is used in the
themes.txt file for defining choice lists for this dialog box. Thus, the user is now able to display both
TextBox and ComboBox controls in the Associated Table Attribute Dialog Box.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. A new keyword has been added to
the themes.txt file called CHOICES_WHEN which enables the user to define a
choice list for a parameter based upon another attribute's value. In so doing, the user can have various choice
lists for a parameter based upon the values of another attribute. The CHOICES_WHEN keyword appears within the
CHOICES ... END block and requires two
arguments. The first is the label
assigned to the attribute for which the list is based upon and the second is
the specific value. For example,
CHOICES_WHEN Attribute_A The_Value.
Note that it is the label that is specified and not the name of the
attribute. There is no limit to the
number of CHOICES_WHEN keywords that can be specified within a CHOICES ... END block.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now display a list box message box containing those layers which are
visible and did not have any features exported.
Previously, no message box was displayed and as such the user was unware
if there was a layer that was completely skipped. Now, if a visible layer does not have any
features exported, the user will be informed in the form of a list box message
box. The first item in the list box is
<Create a Report File> which is an option that enables the user to create
a report file. Below this item are the
layer names. For a long list, the user
may wish to select the first item in order to create a text file that contains
the layer names.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now process the text file flparrow.txt which contains a list of Unicode
Values for north arrows that should be rotated an additional 180 degrees when
the north arrow has a rotation assigned to it.
The flparrow.txt file is located in the \cedra\avprjs folder and can be
modified by the user as desired.
Previously, some north arrows would appear upside down (north pointing
south, rather than north). To eliminate
this problem, the user can employ the flparrow.txt file to specify which north
arrows are to be rotated an additional 180 degrees. This only occurs when the north arrow has a
rotation assigned to it such as is the case when the data frame to which the
north arrow is linked to has a rotation applied to it.
7. Modification to the |DataEditor08| tool's Associated Table Attribute
Dialog Box to make the TextBox and ComboBox controls which overlay upon the
FlexGrid control invisible when the user scrolls. Previously this was not done which resulted
in a distorted display of the dialog box.
8. Modification to the |DataEditor01| tool when processing
features that have associated tables, which is referred to as following the
Database Design 2 model. The Database
Design 2 model supports two formats, Form 1 and Form 2. The |DataEditor08| tool handles features
which follow Form 2, while the |DataEditor01| tool handles Form 1. Previously, the |DataEditor01| tool was
processing features which followed the Form 2 format in addition to those that
followed Form 1. This is no longer the
case.
9. Modification to the |DataEditor01| tool when searching for
the largest ID. A new faster algorithm
has been implemented which greatly speeds up the searching.
10. Modification to the [Annotate Vertical Alignments] command
under the {Vertical Alignment commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users when using
the Type A Profile Annotation or Type B Profile Annotation options. The profile annotation will now include the K
value that is computed during the calculations of the site distance. The K value will appear below the site
distance annotation. Additionally, the K
value will be appear in the vertical alignment PI layer under the field name
K_Value.
11. Addition of the [Split Polygons Equal Area] command to the
combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to split polygons by specifying the number
of parts or an area value. If an area
value is specifed, the command determines the number of parts by dividing the
area of the polygon by the user-specified area value. Additionally, the user is able to specify the
initial clip angle in degrees, a tolerance value and the maximum number of
iterations. Since an exact solution is
not possible, the polygons that are created by established by a convergence method.
12. Addition of the [Extract Section-Town-Range] command within
the CEDRA-Aliquot-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new command enables the user to extract
from a string the section, town and range components. This command operates on the current active
layer. The user specifies the field to
be processed and the character ranges for each of the components. The user is also able to specify which fields
the components are to be stored in. If a
component is to be stored in a field that does not exist, the command will
create the field for the user. The
Section (SECT), Township (TWP) and Range (RNG) fields will be of field type
TEXT, with a length of 8, while the Township (TDIR) and Range (RDIR) Direction
fields will be of field type TEXT and a length of 2.
13. Modification to the [Aliquot Polygons from Table] command
within the CEDRA-Aliquot-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. A new parameter called Selected Section Grids
has been added to the multi-input dialog box that is presented by the command. This new parameter enables the user to
specify how the selected set of section grids should be treated. The options are Use the First Feature and
Union the Features. If the option Use
the First Feature is selected, the command will use the first section grid in
the selected set as the geometry to process.
If the Union the Features option is selected, the command will union the
features in the selected set and use the resultant geometry in the
processing. This parameter is utilized
when more than 1 section grid has the same Section-Township-Range values in a
description.
14. Modification to the Center
Text tool in the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. Two new options have been added to the
Alignment Mode parameter drop-down list.
These new options are called Left Justify at Point 1 and Right Justify
at Point 2 and they enable the user to left or right justify the selected
features using Point 1 or Point 2 of the baseline, respectively.
15. Modification to the Assign Attribute command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Assign Attribute command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The Assign Attribute command will now prompt the user for confirmation
of the attribute assignment. A
Yes/No/Cancel message box will be presented once the user click the OK button
asking for confirmation of the attribute assignment. This query has been added as a precautionary
measure.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0l
1. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now process Dimension Features.
Previously, dimension features would be exported as polygons or closed
polylines. Now dimension features are
decomposed into the individual line and text elements comprising the dimension
feature.
2. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Layer RGB Values] command
will now process Dimension Features.
Previously, dimension features were skipped. Now the command will display the colors
assigned to the various components of a dimension feature. That is, the dimension line, the extension
lines, the markers and annotation. All
in all, the command will display 5 lines of information per dimension feature
processed.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Layer RGB Values] command
will now process point layers that have symbology assigned to them. The command will now display the colors used
by the various layers comprising a point symbol. For example, the wheelchair symbol is comprised
of two layers. So that, the command will
display the colors assigned to both of these layers. Additionally, if a color can not be
determined, the command will now display a statement to this effect.
4. Modification to the Echo 2 tool to the CEDRA-Echo-Tools
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool will
now display an option at the bottom of the feature selection confirmation query
box which enables the user to select two points on the feature. If this option is not checked, the command
operates as before. If the option is
checked, following confirmation of the selected feature, the user is able to
make two picks which will be projected upon the selected feature. In so doing, the user is able to echo or
display the distance of a segment on a feature, be it a line, polyline or
polygon. The command will display the
plus and offset values of the two picks, the distance between the two picks,
the total length of the feature and the distance between the second pick and
the total length of the feature.
5. Addition of the Default Text Font parameter to the [Create
DXF File] command within the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users. This new parameter enables the user to
control which text font is assigned to text elements in the DXF file. The options include Basic, Arial and
Times. This new parameter is used only
when the Version 11 and 12 Compatible parameter is not active. If the Version 11 and 12 Compatible parameter
is active, the Basic text font will be assigned to the text elements in the DXF
file.
6. Addition of the |Edit Feature Tables| tool to the
CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users.
This tool enables the user to edit user-specified attributes that are
stored in tables which are associated with a selected feature. There is no limit to the number of tables
that can be associated with a feature. A
unique identifier is used to link the feature to the records in the table. After selection of the feature to be
processed and if there is more than one table associated with a feature, the
user is asked to specify the table that is to be editted. Once the table has been identified, a
horizontal dialog box resembling a spread sheet is displayed containing the
record(s) from the table that are associated with the feature.
7. Modification to the HA PI Points tool for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this tool in the
CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentTools toolbar. A
new option called Insert Alignment PIs using Points has been added to the
choice list dialog box that is presented to the user upon activation. This new option enables the user to add PIs
to the current active alignment using selected point features. The new PIs are added to the end of the PI list
for the current active alignment. The
user activates the point layer to be processed and if selected points are to be
processed, rather than all of the points in the layer, these points must be
selected prior to activating the command.
Once the command has been activated, a multi-input dialog box is
presented from which the user specifies whether all points or selected point
features are to be processed along with the field or attribute that is to
control the order of the points. The
command will sort the point features in an ascending order using the values
within the user-specified field.
8. Addition of the Format Bearings command to the
CEDRA-AVland-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new command enables the user to create a
custom formatted bearing text string from an existing bearing text string or
from the geometry of line features. The
command extracts the quadrant identifier along with the degree, minutes and
seconds values for the bearing. This is
done from an existing bearing text string or by computing them using the
geometry of a line feature. Once the
values have been ascertained, the command builds a text string using various
formatting parameters. The user
activates the layer or table to be processed and if selected features or rows
are to be processed, rather than all of the features in the layer or table,
these features or rows must be selected prior to activating the command. Once the command has been activated, a
multi-input dialog box is presented from the which the user specifies the
various formatting options. The custom
formatted bearing text string is stored in a user-specified field within the
selected layer or table.
9. Modification to the attribute table for the Alignments-PIs
layer. The following attributes have
been added to the layer: PI_NUMBER, PNTstr, PTCODE, PTDESC, BACK_BEAR and
FRWD_BEAR. Note that the [Draw
Horizontal Alignments] command updates the geometric attributes in the
Alignments-PIs layer. Additionally, if
any of the above mentioned attributes are missing from the layer, the [Draw
Horizontal Alignments] command will add them in automatically.
10. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The [Transfer Attribute] command can be found
in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to transfer or assign up to 8 attribute
values of one feature to another feature based upon a spatial relationship
(features close to a point feature or features within a polygon feature). A new parameter called Selected Features to
Process has been added to the multi-input dialog box that is displayed. Previously the command would process the
feature that was closest to the base feature being processed. Now the user is able to specify whether the
closest selected feature is to be processed or all of the selected
features. For numeric fields this
enables the user to sum the values of the selected features. For non-numeric fields, the value of the last
selected feature processed is assigned to the base feature.
11. Modification to the Profile from TIN command in the extension,
CEDRA-PolyTools for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS
users will find this command in the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools
toolbar. A new parameter called Create
has been added to the multi-input dialog box, which is displayed by the
command. This new parameter enables the
user to create either a profile or a PolylineZ feature. Previously, the command would only create a
profile. Now the command is able to
create either a profile or a 3D line.
The feature is added to the layer that is specified in the third data
field of the multi-input dialog box.
12. Modification to the Point 4 command |PLUS/OF| to handle
PolylineZ features as 3D lines and not as 2D.
That is to say, the plus value along a PolylineZ or PolylineZM feature will
now take into account the slope of the line segments comprising the line. Previously, these features were treated the
same as a 2D or Polyline feature.
13. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now process graphic text elements containing dynamic text. Previously, dynamic text was processed just
as it was entered. Now the dynamic text
tags are evaluated into their appropriate equivalents. The dynamic text tags that are processed by
the command are shown below. Note that
the user can specify custom formats for the DATE and TIME dynamic text tags.
<dyn
type="document" property="name"/>
<dyn
type="document" property="path"/>
<dyn
type="document" property="title"/>
<dyn
type="document" property="author"/>
<dyn
type="date" format="short"/>
<dyn
type="date" format="long"/>
<dyn
type="time" format="HH:mm tt"/>
<dyn
type="user"/>
AVland New Features at Version 8.0k
1. Addition of the Split Polygons command to the combo-box on
the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This
command enables the user to split the features in a user-specified polygon
layer using features in another user-specified layer. This layer can contain either polyline or
polygon features. Upon selection, a
multi-input dialog box is displayed from which the user can specify the layers
to be processed along with: (a) whether all polygons in the layer to be split
are to be processed or only the selected features in the layer, (b) whether the
polygon that is split is to be deleted or not after the split has been
performed and (c) the maximum number of passes to be made. In addition to splitting the features, the
command will transfer the attribute values of the polygon that was split to the
resultant polygons.
2. Modification to the Define Parcels 1 command |DEFINE
PARCEL|, for ArcGIS users when creating polygon features. The Define Parcels 1 command is the first
tool in the CEDRA-Deed-Tools toolbar.
The command will now create polygon features that have true curves for
those courses which are circular curves.
Previously, the courses, which were curves, were discretized into a
series of segments that represented the circular curve. Now, the polygon is stored with true curves
rather than a series of small line segments.
Note that this is only valid when the polygon is stored in a file or
enterprise geodatabase.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. A new keyword called TRANSFER has
been added. The TRANSFER command enables
the user to define as the value for an attribute, an equation that is evaluated
using the attributes from another feature which satisfies a spatial search. In using the TRANSFER command, the user
specifies: (a) the layer that is to be spatially searched, (b) a spatial
tolerance value in display units and (c) a transfer equation whose result is
the value that is displayed in the multi-input dialog box. The syntax of the transfer equation is
identical to that used by the ATTRIBUTE_EQUATION keyword.
4. Modification to the Define Parcels 1 command |DEFINE
PARCEL|, for ArcGIS users when using the option called "Transcribe Deed
with Table". The Define Parcels 1
command is the first tool in the CEDRA-Deed-Tools toolbar. The user is able to enter a special code to
indicate that the complement of the curve is to be drawn. By entering the code, c, after the radius
value the command will interpret this as indicating that the supplement of the
curve is to be drawn. The code, c, must
be the last character in the radius string.
For example, the strings 400.25c or 400.25 c would denote that the
supplement of the curve is to be drawn.
This code is useful when the central angle of a curve is not known.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The Create DXF File command will
for a uniquely classified layer export the color of the feature. Previously, the command exported the color of
the first symbol in the classification.
The command will now export the color of the classification assigned to
the feature.
6. Addition of the Export Classes as Separate Layers parameter
to the [Create DXF File] command within the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for
ArcGIS users. This new parameter enables
the user to control whether or not the program will export the classes in a
layer's classification as separate layers.
If the layer has not been classified or if this parameter is unchecked,
the name of the layer is used in the exporting processing. When checked, a feature will be assigned the
name of the class, which it resides in, within the classification as the
feature's assigned layer in the DXF file.
7. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will for LineCallout elements export only the leader line portion of the
callout, provided the leader line can be determined. Previously, the command would export the
leader line portion along with a rectangle that enclosed the text which was
associated with the LineCallout. Now,
the rectangle portion of the LineCallout is omitted, provided the leader
portion can be determined.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. The [Create DXF File] command
will now export symbology that is expressed as a character in a True Type
Font. Previously, the command would only
export an x symbol denoting the location of the symbol or a rectangle denoting
the boundary of the symbol. Now the
command will export the symbology comprising the symbol as a series of hatches
(polygons). For example, north arrows
will now be exported as hatches (polygons) rather than just an enclosing
rectangle denoting the location of the north arrow. The exception to this new modification is
when the character which represents the symbol can not be found. In this case an x symbol denoting the
location of the symbol or a rectangle denoting the boundary of the symbol will
be exported depending upon the type of element being processed.
9. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users when using the option called Export using same Coordinate System as the
Data Frame from within Layout View. When
this option has been activated (checked), all of the data that is exported will
be in the same coordinate system as the view (data frame). When this option is not activated (not
checked), the data exported will be in sheet coordinates. Previously, the export was always done using
sheet coordinates. Now when the Export
using same Coordinate System as the Data Frame option is active (checked) the
coordinate system of the last Data Frame processed will be used. Additionally, if the Data Frame has a
rotation, the rotation will be used in the exporting so that in the DXF file,
north will be point upward. When the Export
using same Coordinate System as the Data Frame option is not active, the
contents of the DXF file will resemble that which is displayed in Layout View
within ArcMap.
10. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. A new option called Export Line
Widths for the Active Layers has been added to the dialog box which is
presented by the [Create DXF File] command.
When this option is active (checked) the command will export the line
width value for the line features that are processed. In so doing, the user is able to
differentiate between thick and skinny lines.
11. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS
users. A new option called Version 11
and 12 Compatible has been added to the dialog box which is presented by the
[Create DXF File] command. When this
option is active (checked) the command will create a DXF file that is
compatible with AutoCAD Versions 11 and 12.
Note that Versions 11 and 12 do not support hatches so filled polygons
will appear as closed polylines (there will be no fill).
12. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| for ArcGIS
users. A new parameter has been added to
the Yes/No/Cancel element selection confirmation dialog box called Use the
Selected Feature as the String, which when checked denotes that the seed
element represents the string to be processed.
If this parameter is checked and confirmation is given, the command will
not search for any connecting elements and will treat the selected feature as
the string to be processed. As such, the
multi-input dialog dialog box containing the parallel element parameters will
be immediately displayed once confirmation has been specified.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0j
1. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. The user is now able to create
different multi-column dialog box designs for different layers. Previously, all layers that were displayed
with a multi-column dialog box had the same multi-column dialog box design
displayed for them. Now, the user can
have different multi-column dialog box designs for different layers. There is no limit to the number of different
multi-column dialog box designs that can be specified. To specify different multi-column dialog box
designs, the user following the specification of the DISPLAYWITHCOLUMNS command
simply specifies new values for the appropriate multi-column dialog box
commands (NCOLUMNS, COLUMNWIDTH, COLUMNITEMS, COLUMNHEADING, SUBCOLUMNS,
SUBCOLUMNSTART and SUBCOLUMNHEADING).
The DISPLAYWITHCOLUMNS command is then used to identify the layer(s)
that are to have this particular multi-column dialog box displayed.
2. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. The user is now able to use the
functions: LEFTPADxx and RIGHTPADxx when defining an attribute equation. The function LEFTPADxx will return a string
of xx characters with leading zeroes padding the string, while the RIGHTPADxx
function will return a string of xx characters with trailing zeroes padding the
string. For example, LEFTPAD(OID) will
return the string 000024 for an OID value of 24, while RIGHTPAD(OID) will
return the string 240000 for the same OID.
The characters xx in the functions denotes the total number of characters
that the string is to be comprised of.
Depending upon the function, zeroes will be inserted before or after the
value to ensure that the specified number of characters comprise the string
that is returned.
3. Addition of the |Break and Add Line| tool to the
CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users.
This tool enables the user to break a line or curve feature and create a
new line feature whose starting point is the break point. The operation of the tool is similar to the
Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| with the exception that once the break point
has been made, the user is able to pick points comprising the vertices of the
line to be created. In addition to
creating a new line feature, the tool will also transfer attribute data from
the feature being broken to the new line feature based upon the Rule Definition
File. Furthermore, a modeless dialog box
is displayed after the user confirms the selection of the feature to be
broken. This dialog box enables the user
to specify the layer that the new line feature is to be added to, as well as,
reset the command to its state following feature confirmation.
4. Addition of the |Break and Add Point| tool to the
CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users.
This tool enables the user to break a line or curve feature and create a
new point feature whose coordinates are that of the break point. The operation of the tool is similar to the
Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| with the exception that once the break point
has been made, a new point feature is created.
In addition to creating a new point feature, the tool will also transfer
attribute data from the feature being broken to the new point feature based
upon the Rule Definition File.
Furthermore, a modeless dialog box is displayed after the user confirms
the selection of the feature to be broken.
This dialog box enables the user to specify the layer that the new point
feature is to be added to, as well as, reset the command to its state following
feature confirmation.
5. Modification to the Change Selected Features button for
ArcGIS users. This button can be found
in the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar.
The Change Selected Features button now provides a spatial match option
in addition to the attribute match options previously offered. Depending upon the feature type being
processed the name of the spatial match option will vary. For Point features, the spatial match option
will appear as <Centroid>, for Line features it appears as <Centroid
and Length>, while for Polygon features it will be <Centroid and
Area>. When using the spatial match
option, the button determines the centroid of the feature being processed and
using a user specified proximity tolerance value, determines which features in
the new shape layer (specified by the user) are close to the computed centroid. The button then determines which of these
found features is closest to the feature being processed in terms of proximity
to the centroid and geometry. For Line
features geometry refers to length, while for Polygon features it refers to
area. Once the appropriate feature has
been found, the shape of the feature being processed is altered.
6. Modification to the Change Selected Features button for
ArcGIS users. This button can be found
in the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar.
The Change Selected Features button has been modified to display a
single multi-input dialog box rather than individual dialog boxes for selecting
the common attribute and specifying whether or not common attributes are to be
updated. Additionally, a new parameter
called Proximity Tolerance - ft (m): will appear in the multi-input dialog
box. The value for this parameter is
used only when the spatial match option is selected.
7. Modification to the Union and Buffer command within the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
Upon activation, the command will now prompt the user for the type of
unioning to be performed. The choices
include a Simple Union and an Advanced Union.
Previously, the Advanced Union method was only offered. Now, the user has the option of selecting the
Simple Union method. This new unioning
method displays a single multi-input dialog box from which the user specifies
the various unioning parameters.
8. Addition of the [Project Points on Lines] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This new command enables the user to project one or more selected point
features on line features, which may appear in one or more active layers. The result of the projection can be a point
which appears at the point of projection, as well as a line which connects the
selected point to the point of projection.
Additionally, it is possible for the user to transfer to the selected
point features an attribute value from a point feature that is within close
proximity to the selected point. To use
this command, the user selects or activates in the Table of Contents the point
and line layers to be processed.
9. Modification to the Union and Buffer command within the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
The command will now process point features under the Simple Mode of
Operation. Previously, the simple mode
of operation would not handle point features.
Now, this mode of operation will create a multi-part point feature when
processing point features. If the
current active layer is not a multi-part point featureclass, the command will
create a multi-part point shapefile using the mp suffix to denote that the
shapefile is defined to handle multi-part point features.
10. Modification to the Point 4 command |PLUS/OF| to display a new
parameter called Use Pick Point as Start Point (Y=yes, N=no): which enables the
user to specify the point that was used to select the feature as the base point
for the calculations. Previously, the
tool would use one of the end points of the feature as the start point for its
calculations. Now, the user is able to
specify the pick point as the start point.
Selecting the No option for this new parameter results in the tool
operating as before. Selecting the Yes
option results in the tool using the pick that was used to select the feature
as the start point. Note that the tool
will use the current point snapping setting for the pick used to select the
feature.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0i
1. Addition of the CEDRA-DataFrame-Tools-3 toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This new toolbar is comprised of
two tools which control the operation of the CEDRA Mini Tool Palette. The Mini Tool Palette is a dialog box
comprised of six tabs that enable the user to: (a) create a point by
coordinates, (b) create a point by specifying an angle or distance from a base
point, (c) create a line by specifying two points, (d) create a circular arc by
specifying the PC, PT and radius of the arc, (e) create a polygon by specifying
vertices on the polygon and (f) inverse a line or circular arc.
2. Modification to the Echo 4 |ECHO AREA| tool to provide the
user the ability to define a closed figure by picking individual points in the
map area. A new option called Picking
Individual Points has been added to the choice list message box that is
displayed by the command. Under this
option the tool creates an implied polygon feature using the picks made by the
user. To terminate the polygon
definition the user picks the last point in the polygon twice or picks the
start point of the polygon.
Additionally, the user is able to select the A key to introduce a
radius, the D key to delete a keynode, the I key to insert a keynode, or the M
key to move a keynode.
3. Modification to the [Create DXF File] command within the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
The command will now export annotation features as well as graphic text
elements that utilize the <SUB> or <SUP> keycodes. These keycodes are used to denote subscript
and superscript text positioning. When
exporting this type of ArcGIS text, the translator creates two text strings,
one for the base text and another for the subscript/superscript text.
4. Modification to the Intersection
4a command |TRIM w/ FILLET| for ArcGIS users.
The command will now prompt the user, once a solution has been computed,
for confirmation of the solution.
Previously, the command would terminate once the solution was
computed. Now, the command displays a
Yes/No/Cancel message box after the solution has been computed and
displayed. Selecting the Yes button
terminates the command leaving the solution as displayed. Selecting the No button returns the display
to the state prior to the display of the solution, after which the command's
multi-input message box is redisplayed.
Selection of the Cancel button returns the display to the state prior to
the display of the solution, after which, the command terminates. Selecting the No button enables the user to
try various input settings without having to reactivate the command multiple
times.
5. Modification to the procedure
that handles the entry of angles, be they central angles, deflections and the
like. It is now possible to specify an
angle in terms of degrees, minutes and seconds without entering a space to
delineate the three values. If one of
the components is less than 10 degrees, the user must insert a leading
zero. Previously, an angle in terms of
degrees, minutes and seconds would be specified as 40 30 20. Now it is possible to enter the same angle as
the following: 403020. When entering an
angle in the form of a single word, it is assumed to be decimal degrees if the
number of digits before the decimal point is less than or equal to 4
characters, otherwise it is assumed that the angle is in terms of degrees,
minutes, and decimal seconds with no spaces separating the values. For example, an angle in the form of decimal
degrees, such as 150.50 would be equivalent to 150 degrees, 30 minutes, 0
seconds. Additionally, a value of
-1300809.4 would be equivalent to -130 degrees, 8 minutes and 9.4 seconds.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0h
1. Modification to the Center
Text tool in the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. The user is now able to specify a curve
radius and direction thereby enabling the user to center an annotation feature
along an implied circular curve. The
tool, now, displays in the multi-input dialog box two new parameters called
Curve Radius and Curve Direction which provide the user the ability to enter a
radius value and curve direction (clockwise or counter-clockwise). The value for the Spacing between Features
parameter is used to offset the annotation feature from the implied circular
curve.
2. Modification to the |Find and Zoom| tool in the
{CEDRA-DataFrame-Tools-2} toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool has been modified to process all
active layers. Previously, the tool
would process only 1 active layer. Now,
the user is to able to select features from all of the active layers based upon
an attribute query. There is no limit to
the number of active layers that can be processed.
3. Modification to the |Find and Zoom| tool in the
{CEDRA-DataFrame-Tools-2} toolbar for ArcGIS users. A new parameter called Custom Query has been
added to the multi-input dialog box that is presented by this tool. Using this new parameter the user is able to
build compound query statements using the syntax employed by the ArcMap [Select
By Attributes] command. When this
parameter is filled in (that is, a non-blank) it supercedes the Query String
parameter. That is to say, the string
entered for the Custom Query parameter is processed first, provided it is a
non-blank string.
4. Modification to the Line 8 tool |PT SLOP| to allow the user
the option of selecting a baseline in which the newly created line will be
trimmed to. To do so, the user should
first select the baseline feature (this must be a line feature), after which,
the tool is selected. At this point the
tool operates as before. Once the line
has been established the tool trims the newly created line to the intersection
with the baseline feature. Since the
line is trimmed to the intersection with the baseline, the distance which is
prompted for in the multi-input dialog box is used only to set the initial
direction of the line. The actual length
of the line is based upon the location of the intersection.
5. Modification to the Line 8 tool |PT SLOP| to allow the user
the option of deleting the last line that was created. Once a line has been created a new parameter
will appear at the bottom of the multi-input dialog box called Delete Feature
Just Created (Y=yes, N=no). Selecting
the Yes option in response to this parameter will result in the last line that
was created being deleted. In so doing,
should the user enter incorrect data, the user is able to delete the line and
repeat the data entry process.
6. Modification to the [Import Points] command to allow the
user to specify whether the point numbers found in the file being processed are
purely numeric or alphanumeric. A new
parameter called Alphanumeric Point Numbers (Y=yes, N=no): has been added to
the multi-input dialog box, which is posed by the command. Selecting the Yes option denotes that the
point numbers are alphanumeric (BL-4, X-45 and so forth), while the No option
indicates that the point numbers are purely numeric (1, 2, 3, etc.). If the point numbers are alphanumeric, the
point number will be stored in the PNTstr field, while if the point numbers are
numeric they will be stored in the PNT field.
Additionally, if the point numbers are alphanumeric, the value zero will
be stored in the PNT field, while if the point numbers are numeric a single
blank character will be stored in the PNTstr field.
7. Modification to the [Compute Station and Offset] command
under the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
A new parameter called Alphanumeric Point Numbers (Y=yes, N=no): has
been added to the top of the multi-input dialog box enabling the user to
specify whether the point numbers that are to appear in a Full report are
purely numeric or alphanumeric. A Yes/No
drop-down appears next to the parameter enabling the user to make the
appropriate selection. If the point
numbers are numeric, the point number will be extracted from the PNT attribute,
while for alphanumeric point numbers the PNTstr attribute is used.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. The user is now able to create
multi-column dialog boxes with or without sub-columns within a column. Previously, the user could only create a
series of single column dialog boxes.
Now, the user is able to create a multi-column dialog box with a maximum
of 50 attributes in the dialog box. To
create a multi-column dialog box, the user should employ the multi-column
commands. Note, the user is able to
define single and multi-column dialog boxes in a single Theme Attribute Data
File (themes.txt).
9. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. If the user makes a pick that
results in only one feature being found, the Edit Features Attribute Tool will
bypass the traditional feature confirmation message box and immediately display
the dialog box containing the attributes which can be edited. However, if two or more features can be
found, the tool operates as before.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0g
1. Addition of the [Plot Profile from Points] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands}combo-box within the CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new
command enables the user to generate a profile from a selected set of point
features. In creating the profile, the
station values can be derived from: (a) the distance from the first point, (b)
the point's M value, (c) the point's ID value, (d) the sequential number of the
point or (e) an attribute value, while the elevation values can be derived
from: (a) the point's Z value, (b) the point's ID value or (c) an attribute
value. In using this command, the user
activates in the TOC the layer containing the points to be processed,
afterwards, the specific points should be selected. Upon selection, the command searches the
active layer for selected points. Once
found, the command functions like the [Plot Original Ground Profile]
command. A new data frame will be
created by this command containing the profile drawing. The Profile Identifier, which is entered by
the user, is used in naming the new data frame.
2. Modification to the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension, for
ArcGIS users, when there is only 1 active layer in the Table of Contents, the
tool will now display drop-down lists for the number of rows and columns
parameters. In so doing, the user is now
able to: (a) explicitly enter a value for the number of rows or columns, (b)
select a field name indicating that the number of rows or columns is to be
extracted from the feature being processed.
If there is more than 1 active layer in the Table of Contents, the tool
operates as before. When there is only 1
active layer, the user now has a choice as to specifying where the number of
rows or columns is to be extracted, that is, either explicitly or extracted
from a field.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. The user is now able to use the
Up and Down arrow keys to traverse through the various parameters displayed in
the multi-input dialog box. Previously,
the user had to use the Tab key to advance to the next parameter within the
dialog box. Now the user is able to move
up and down through the parameters using the Up and Down arrow keys.
4. Modification to the dialog boxes, for ArcGIS users. The user is now able to use the Up and Down
arrow keys to traverse through the various parameters displayed in a
multi-input dialog box. Previously, the
user had to use the Tab key to advance to the next parameter within a dialog
box. Now the user is able to move up and
down through the parameters using the Up and Down arrow keys.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0f
1. Addition of the [Align Section Lines] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands}combo-box within the CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This command
will align the proposed ground cross-sections with their original ground
counter-parts. Upon activation of the
command the user is prompted for the OG and FG PEN attribute values. The lines whose PEN attribute value matches
that of the user-specified FG PEN attribute value will be modified so that
their zero offset values are aligned. As
such, for this command to properly function, both the OG and FG line features
must have at least one endpoint of a line at the zero offset location and at
least one feature within the OG cross-section must be selected. The information needed to align the
cross-sections is stored with the OG cross-section, not the FG. Prior to selecting this command, the user
must activate in the Table of Contents the line layer to be processed. If this layer does not contain any selected
features, then all features will be processed.
If there are selected features, then only the selected features will be
processed. The layer to be processed
must contain the PEN, STATION, CLElv, SX, SY, SZ, EX, EY and EZ attributes.
2. Addition of the [Profile from Sections] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands}combo-box within the CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This command
will extract a profile, from a cross-section line layer, and create a profile
data table containing the profile information.
If an existing profile data table is specified, the existing data is
deleted. A profile data table is defined
as a table that contains the STATION and ELEVATION fields. To use this command, the user selects the
lines that are to be processed prior to activating this command. Upon activation, a multi-input dialog box is
presented, from which, the user specifies: (a) the PEN attribute value to be
processed, (b) the name of the profile data table, (c) the profile offset and
(d) the reference PEN attribute value.
Given the profile offset, the command interpolates an elevation and
stores the value in the specified profile data table.
3. Addition of the [Enter Stations/Elevations] command under
the {Vertical Alignment commands}combo-box within the CEDRA-AVland-VAlignmentMenus
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This command
creates a point feature, placing the feature on the profile and in the current
active layer, given a station and an elevation.
Based upon the profile grid information, the station and elevation values
are converted into coordinates and a point feature is created at these
coordinates. Upon activation of the
command the user is prompted for the profile ID, station and elevation. The profile ID is the value that appears in
the AlignID field in the ProfileData table.
A choice list box is displayed from which the user selects the desired
profile ID value. Using this value the
appropriate information is extracted from the ProfileData table and the station
and elevation values are converted into coordinates. Once the point feature has been created, the
command remains active thereby enabling the user to create another point. During the creation of subsequent points, the
user is not asked to specify the profile ID value. The value specified during the creation of
the first point is maintained. To
terminate the command, the Cancel button should be selected.
4. Modification to the [Create DXF File] command within the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
The command will now process grouped graphic elements. Previously, grouped graphic elements were
ignored. Now the command will decompose
the grouped graphic elements and export each of the graphic elements. The original grouped graphic element is left
in tact, that is to say, the grouped graphic element is still grouped. The ungrouping of the grouped graphic element
is done internally (no modification of the original grouped graphic element is
performed).
5. Addition of the Use Data Frame's Rotation Value when
Exporting parameter to the [Create DXF File] command within the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
This new parameter enables the user to control whether or not the data
frame's rotation value is applied to the feature prior to the feature being
exported. Previously, when the data
frame had a rotation value assigned to it, the program would rotate the feature
in accord with the data frame's rotation value and then export the rotated
version of the feature. In so doing, the
feature reflects the rotation of the data frame. Now, with the addtion of this new parameter,
the user is able to control whether or not this rotation is applied. This is particularly useful when the user
wishes to create a DXF file that does not reflect the rotation value of the
data frame, but rather the unrotated version.
6. Modification to the [Create DXF File] command within the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
The command will now limit the number of characters that can appear in a
layer name or block name to 31.
Previously, there was no limit, but to ensure maximum compatibility the
31 character limit is enforced.
7. Modification to the [Create DXF File] command within the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
The command will now process Group Elements that are nested up to 4
levels. Previously, the command would
only process a Group Element that consisted of one level. Now if a Group Element contains a Group
Element that contains another Group Element that in turn contains another Group
Element all 4 Group Elements will be processed.
8. Modification to the [Create DXF File] command within the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
The command when performing an export from Layout View will create a
World File (.wld) if only one data frame is being exported. That is to say, if the Layout View contains a
single data frame that is being exported, the command will create a World File
(using the root name of the DXF file being created with the .wld
extension). The World File contains
georeferencing information in the form of two lines. These lines contain four items on each
line. The first line contains the NW
corner of the data frame in terms of its sheet and world coordinates for the NW
corner. Likewise, the second line
contains the sheet and world coordinates for the SE corner of the data frame.
9. Modification to the [Sections from TIN] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will now process a Raster Layer
in addtion to a TIN layer. Previously,
the command would only process a TIN layer.
Now, the user has the option of processing a Raster or TIN layer to
extract the cross-sections and profile.
Note to process a Raster Layer, the second column in the Raster attribute
table must be called Value. This field
should contain the elevation values.
When processing a TIN Layer, the attribute table must contain a field
called Elevation that contains the elevation values.
10. Addition of the [Lines Connected to Points] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. This new command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to find the line features that are
connected to point features and assign a value to a specific attribute of the
point provided the lines share a common attribute value. For example, if a manhole is connected to two
pipes that both have an attribute called AFIELD and whose values are ABND, the user
is able to transfer ABND to a specific attribute within the manhole. In using this command, the user must select
or activate the point and line layers prior to activating the command. Only visible and selected point and line
layers are processed. A multi-input
dialog box is presented from which the user specifies the: (a) the features to
be processed, (b) the mode of operation, (c) the Point ID field, (d) the Point
Attribute field to be modified, (e) the Point Attribute field value, (f) the
Line ID field, (g) the Line Attribute field to be checked and (h) the Line
Attribute field common value (in the example above, the user would specify ABND
for this parameter). In addition to the
parameters specified above, the user can enter a proximity tolerance value and
a report filename. The proximity
tolerance value is used to determine the lines that are closest to a point,
while the report filename will contain the results of the processing. Within the report, the user will find a list
of the points that were processed along with: (a) the number of lines that were
found to be close to the point, (b) the line layer and ID of the lines that
were determined to be close to the point and (c) the value, if any, that was
stored with the point.
11. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Import Points] command,
for ArcGIS users.
A new file format called Polygon/String COGO File has been added to the
list of available file formats. This new
format enables a user to define multiple parcels and/or traverses in a single
ASCII based file. The result of importing
this file format will be the creation of point, line, curve and polygon
features, depending upon which commands are placed in the file. The December 2009 issue of Command of the
Month discusses this file format in detail.
12. Addition of the [Points from Annotation] and the [Point from
Annotation] commands within the CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS
users. These new commands can be found
in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
These new commands enable the user to create a point feature from
selected annotation features. The text
that is associated with the annotation features is then stored as an attribute
with the point feature. For example, if
there are two annotation features whose text was ROOM and A-202, these new
commands would create a point feature whose PTDESC attribute value would be
ROOM A-202. Note that the user can
control the delineating string between the text, for example, rather ROOM
A-202, the attribute value could be ROOM - A-202, if desired.
13. Addition of the [Delete Vertices] tool to the
CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users, to handle the deleting of a
group of vertices from a selected polyline or polygon feature. After selecting this tool, the user makes a
pick in the map area identifying the polyline or polygon feature to be
processed. Confirmation of the selected
feature is asked for. After
confirmation, the tool highlights the vertices which comprise the polyline or
polygon feature. The user is then able
to define a rectangle that encloses the vertices to be deleted. Once the rectangle is defined, the tool
determines which vertices fall within the rectangle and removes them from the
selected feature. The tool remains
active thereby enabling the user to delete another group of vertices from the
same selected feature. To deactive the
tool, the user selects another tool.
14. Addition of the Offset 0b command |PARL 2LN| to the
CEDRA-Offset-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users, to handle the creation of a
polyline between two existing polyline features. This is the last tool in the toolbar and
enables the user to select two polyline features, after which, the user is able
to specify: (a) a number of segments or a segment length, (b) a percent offset
from the first polyline feature selected and (c) a mode of computation. Depending upon the selected mode of
computation, the polyline feature that is created will vary. This tool creates imaginary points along the
selected polyline features and depending upon the mode of computation create a
polyline that is offset from the first selected polyline by interpolating
between the imaginary points.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0e
1. Modification to the Point 7 command |POINT TICKS| to provide
the user the ability to break the selected feature(s), rather than create point
features. Under this mode, the selected
feature(s) are broken at the locations where the point features would have
appeared. A new data line has been added
to the dialog box that is displayed by this command. The new data line is as follows:
Break-up
the Feature (Y=yes, N=no):
The
default response is no. A response of Y
or y will result in the command breaking a feature at the location where a
point feature would have been created.
Note that if a feature is to be broken, the command will not create
point features. That is to say, the user
can either break a feature or create point features, not both at the same
time. If point features are to be
created in addition to breaking the feature, the user will need to execute this
command twice, creating point features during the first invocation of the
command followed by breaking the feature(s) during the second invocation.
2. Update and inclusion of the CEDRA-AVcad User's Manual in the
distribution directory. In the \cedra\help
folder a file called AVcad.pdf will appear containing the latest version of the
documentation for the software.
Previously, the User's Manual was not included in the distribution
directory.
3. Inclusion of the CEDRA-AVcogo User's Manual in the distribution
directory. In the \cedra\help folder a
file called AVcogo.pdf will appear containing the latest version of the
documentation for the software.
Previously, the User's Manual was not included in the distribution
directory.
4. Inclusion of the CEDRA-AVland User's Manual in the
distribution directory. In the
\cedra\help folder a file called AVland.pdf will appear containing the latest
version of the documentation for the software.
Previously, the User's Manual was not included in the distribution directory.
5. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Change Text
Properties] command, for ArcGIS users.
Three new parameters have been added tothe multi-input message box posed
by this command. These parameters
include: (a) Include Curve Prefix Label (Y=yes, N=no), (b) Minimum Segment
Length for Annotation and (c) For Curves, Distance Annotation is the. The Include Curve Prefix Label (Y=yes, N=no)
parameter allows the user the flexibility to either include or exclude the R=
or L= prefixes when annotating a curve's radius and/or arc length. The Minimum Segment Length for Annotation
parameter enables the user to specify a minimum distance or length where an
annotation should be generated. For
example, if the user specifies 50 for this parameter, any line or curve whose
distance or arc length is less than 50 will not be annotated. The For Curves, Distance Annotation is the
parameter provides the user the ability to control whether the radius or arc
length should be annotated when creating annotation for a curve when using the
[Annotate Distance], [ Annotate Azimuth] and [Annotate Bearing] command. Previously, the [Annotate Distance] command
would annotate the radius, while the other two would annotate the arc length.
6. Addition of the Annotate Polyline Length tool to the
CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
In using this tool, the user selects the polyline or polygon feature to
be processed. If a polyline which does
not form a closed figure is selected, the annotation of the polyline's length
is generated and stored in the current active layer. The appropriate text parameters as specified
with the [Change Text Properties] command are used when generating the
annotation. If a polyline which forms a
closed figure or if a polygon is selected, the user is prompted to make three
picks which represent the start point, point on, and end point of the string
that is to be annotated. That is to say,
the user is able to annotate the length of a portion of the polyline or
polygon. When making the picks, the tool
determines which vertex of the feature is closest to the pick that is
made. Once the three picks have been
made a red polyline will be displayed indicating the string whose length will
be annotated along with a dialog box where the user can control where the
annotation should appear along the string.
The dialog box displayed in this situation is identical to the one posed
by the Curved Text tool. Once the Cancel
button is selected, the annotation is created and stored in the current active
layer. Note, if the second and third
picks are identical (that is, they point at the same vertex), the tool will
assume that a two-point line segment is to be annotated rather than a string.
7. Modification to the Curve 7 command |CR/2PT/R| for ArcGIS
users when the radius value is to be explicitly specified. A new parameter has been added to the
multi-input dialog that is presented by this tool. This new parameter allows the user to specify
an offset value. The offset value is
added to the radius value, which is entered in the first data line field, to
determine a new radius value. If a
non-zero offset value is specified, the new radius value is used in generating
the curve. Note, in this case the end
points of the curve will not match the picked point, since the curve is to be
offset from the base points which are picked.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0d
1. Modification to the [Flip Triangles] command under the
{Contouring commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. The command will now flip two triangular shaped
polygons without having an active point layer.
In this mode of operation, the command will only change the shape of the
two polygon features and not bother to update the associated Node Number
fields, NODE1, NODE2 and NODE3.
Additionally, under this mode of operation the layer containing the two
polygons which are to be flipped do not need to have the NODE1, NODE2 and NODE3
attributes. Previously, the command
required an active point and polygon layer in order to operate with the polygon
layer containing the NODE1, NODE2 and NODE3 attributes.
2. Addition of the CEDRA-AVland-ContouringTools toolbar for
ArcGIS users. This new toolbar is
comprised of one tool which enables the user to flip two selected triangular
shaped polygons. This tool operates the
same as the [Flip Triangles] command within the {Contouring commands} combo-box
. This new tool eliminates the need for
the user to select the command from the combo-box, thereby speeding up the
process of flipping two triangles.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension, for
ArcGIS users, to process polygon features that have more than 4 points. Previously, the command would only process
polygons that contained 4 corner points.
Now the command will process polygons containing more than 4
points. In this case, the command
divides the polygons using vertical and horizontal split lines to create the
appropriate number of rows and columns.
Note that the user can process polygons that contain only 4 points and
those which contain more than 4 points in a single operation. These polygons do not have to be processed
separately, but rather, can be processed together.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension, for
ArcGIS users, a new parameter has been added to the multi-input dialog box that
is presented by the command. The new
parameter is called Horizontal/Vertical Subdivision and enables the user to
specify whether the split lines that are used to create the appropriate number
of rows and columns are purely horizontal and vertical or if they are to
reflect the inclination of the polygon sides.
This parameter only pertains to polygons that contain 4 points. Polygons that contain more than 4 points
always are split using purely horizontal and vertical lines. Selecting the Y option to this parameter
forces the command to use horizontal and vertical split lines, while selecting
the N option forces the split lines to adhere to the inclination of the polygon
sides.
5. Modification to all tools which prompt the user for a distance or a length. It is now possible for the user to specify one of the following arithimetic operators, +, - , *, /, ^ when specifying a distance value to indicate that the distance value is to be determined by evaluating an expression. For example, the user can now enter an expression such as 100 * 2.0 to denote that the distance value is 200. Additionally, it is possible for the user to use one or more of the operators in an expression, for example, 100 * 2.0 / 4.0 would be a valid expression. When multiple operators are used they are evaluated in a left to right order.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-MailingLabels-Menus toolbar for
ArcGIS users. The Mailing Labels File
command has been modified to store the values of the mailing label parameters
in a configuration file called Config_x, where x denotes the name of the
Mailing List File. For example, if the
name of the Mailing List File is A.txt, the parameter values will be stored in
a file called Config_A.txt. In so doing,
the user is able to save the settings for a specific report format. The first 18 lines in the configuration file
correspond to the 18 parameters displayed in the multi-input dialog box, the
next 80 lines in the file pertain to the row height and number of lines down
for each row. As such, the file contains
data for 40 rows, two values per row translates into 80 lines (40 times
2). Note that the user is able to use
any text editor to modify the row height and number of lines down values for
each row.
7. Addition of the Read Configuration File command to the
CEDRA-MailingLabels-Menus toolbar for ArcGIS users. The Read Configuration File command enables
the user to import a configuration file that contains the mailing label
parameters settings. After using this
command, when the Mailing Labels File command is invoked the default values
which are displayed in the multi-input dialog box will be those that were read
from the configuration file.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension, for
ArcGIS users, a new parameter has been added to the multi-input dialog box that
is presented by the command. The new
parameter is called Copy Attributes into Polygons and enables the user to
specify whether or not the attributes of the feature(s) being subdivided are to
be transferred to the new polygon features which are created. Previously, no attribute values of the
feature(s) being subdivided were transferred to the new polygon features. Now, the user has the option of either
transferring or not transferring the feature's attribute values. Selecting the Yes option in response to this
new parameter forces the command to transfer the attribute values of the
feature being subdivided to the new polygon features. If an attribute in the feature being
subdivided does not exist in the layer in which the new polygon features are
stored in, the command will add the attribute to the layer.
9. Addition of the CEDRA-DataFrame-Tools-2 toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This new toolbar is comprised of
four tools which enable the user to: (a) Find Features from Active Layer, (b)
Find Features Within a Distance, (c) Create Hyperlink and (d) Delete
Hyperlink. The Find Features from Active
Layer command enables the user to perform an attribute query on the active
layer. In addition, the user is able to
zoom to the extent of the selected features once the query has been performed. The Find Features Within a Distance tool
enables the user to perform a proximity search for one or more selected
features. The user initially selects the
base feature(s) and then selects the layers that are to be searched. Upon activation of the tool the user
specifies a proximity value. The tool
creates buffer polygons about the base feature(s) and then determines which
features in the active layers intersect the buffer polygons. The Create Hyperlink tool enables the user to
assign a hyperlink to one or more selected features. When using this tool, any hyperlinks that are
assigned to the selected features will be deleted and replaced by the hyperlink
specified by the user. The Delete
Hyperlink tool enables the user to remove all hyperlinks that are assigned to
the selected features.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0c
1. Modification to the Tangent Curve 4 command |T-ARC/R/CDL|,
for ArcGIS users, to ask the user for confirmation of the solution. Once the non-tangent curve has been
displayed, a Yes/No query will be displayed asking the user to confirm the
solution. If the Yes button is selected,
the command terminates and another non-tangent curve may be generated. If the No button is selected, the non-tangent
curve which was displayed will be deleted and the multi-input dialog previously
displayed will reappear with the previous parameter values appearing as the
defaults. The user is then able to
modify any of the values in order to create another non-tangent curve. This modification saves the user the effort
of having to select the {Edit} [Undo Create Curve] command and then reselecting
this command when an undesired solution is computed.
2. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| in the
presentation of the multi-input dialog box.
The parameters, Direction Mode (E=explicit, A=angle, R=relative) and
Pick two point baseline (Y=yes, N=no), have been changed from data line items
to choice list items.
3. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| in the
presentation of the multi-input dialog box.
The parameters, Direction Mode (E=explicit, A=angle, R=relative) and
Pick two point baseline (Y=yes, N=no), have been changed from data line items
to choice list items.
4. Modification to the ReadPublic and SavePublic subroutines when
reading and writing the global parameter setting file (c:\public.txt). Previously, this file was always stored in
the root level of the C: drive. Now,
these subroutines will process the file from the: (1) c:, (2) c:\cedra\avprjs,
(3) $CEDRA, (4) $HOME, (5) $TEMP or (6) $TMP folders depending upon which one
exists and the user has permission to read and write to. Note that the $ character in front of the
name denotes an environment variable and as such will point to a user-specified
location.
5. Addition of the CL tool to the CEDRA-Deed-Tools toolbar for
ArcGIS users. This tool will clean the
parcels in the current active view.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-Transform-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. Seven additional tools have been
added to the toolbar. These tools
correspond to the Pick Baseline Point 1, Pick Baseline Point 2, Pick Baseline
Point 3, Pick New Baseline Point 1, Pick New Baseline Point 2, Pick New
Baseline Point 3 and Transform Features options within the Transformation
tool. These tools perform the same
function as their counterpart options in the Transformation Tool choice
list. The only difference is that the
user can select a tool in the toolbar rather than select an option from a
choice list. This modification saves
three clicks thereby quickening the process of performing a
transformation. Note that prior to
selecting the Transform Features tool, the user must have previously selected
the features to be processed, if not, an appropriate warning message will be
displayed.
7. Modification to the CEDRA-Transform-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. A new tool has been added to the
toolbar. This new tool corresponds to
the Move Selected Features (no rotation)option within the Transformation
tool. This tool performs the same
function as its counterpart option within the Transformation Tool choice
list. The only difference is that the
user can select the tool in the toolbar rather than select the option from a
choice list. This modification saves
three clicks thereby quickening the process of performing a
transformation. Note that the features
to be processed must be selected prior to selecting this tool, if not, an
appropriate warning message will be displayed.
8. Addition of the CEDRA-MailingLabels-Menus toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This new toolbar is comprised of
one choice list combo box containing two commands, Mailing Labels File and
Export Attributes. The Mailing Labels
File command enables the user to create a formatted ASCII text file that can be
used to print mailing labels (addresses).
The Export Attributes command creates a comma delineated ASCII text file
containing user-specified attributes for a layer or table. Using this command, the user has the ability
to specify which attributes are to be exported and the order in which they are
to appear in the text file.
9. Modification to the Define Parcels 1 command |DEFINE
PARCEL|, for ArcGIS users when using any of the available options. When the user defines a parcel that is not
closed or an open traverse, the command will now display the options Create
Line/Curve Features and Create Line/Curve/Point Features in the choice list
message box, which is displayed when the command tries to determine what should
be done with the non-closed figure.
Previously, the option Generate Line/Curve Features was displayed. In essence, what has been done here, is that
a name change has been made to an existing option and a new option has been
added. The new option, Create
Line/Curve/Point Features, is identical to Create Line/Curve Features with the
exception that point features will be created in addition to the line and curve
features.
10. Modification to the Offset 1 command |PARL LN| and Offset 3
command |PAR ELE| to allow the user to specify whether or not overlapping
segment checking is to be performed. A
new option called Overlapping Segments Check has been added to the multi-input
dialog box which is posed by these commands.
Selecting the Yes option in response to this parameter forces the
commands to perform overlapping segment checking, while selecting the No option
forces the commands to skip this type of checking.
11. Addition of the Tangent Curve 7 command |T-ARC/L/P|, for
ArcGIS users, which enables the user to create an arc tangent to a line or
curve with a known end point. Upon
activation of the command, the user is prompted to select the line or curve
which the resultant arc is to be tangent to.
Once confirmation of this feature has been given, the user is asked to
select the end point of the tangent arc.
Following the selection of the end point, the command creates a tangent
arc, using the end point of the selected line or curve feature as the tangent
arc's PC and the "picked" end point as the tangent arc's PT, storing
the feature in the current active layer.
This new command appears in both the Tool Palette and the
CEDRA-TangentCurve-Tools toolbar.
12. Modification to the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension, for
ArcGIS users, to process one or more features from the active layers. The command now operates in one of two
modes. The first is when the user
selects the features to be processed prior to activating this tool, while the
second is when the user wishes to select the features after activating the
tool. In the first mode, the user can
use any appropriate method to select the polyline and/or polygon features to be
processed. The user then activates the
tool, at which point, the command functions as before, beginning with
confirmation of the selected features.
In the second mode, the user must select in the Table of Contents the
layer or layers that contain the features to be selected. If there are no active layers, an error
message will be displayed. The user now
can either: (a) make a single click or (b) drag a rectangle to select the
desired polyline and/or polygon features from the active layers. Previously, the command would only process
one feature at a time, which was selected by the user based upon a single
click. Now, the command is able to
process multiple features, which are selected by the user: (a) prior to
activating the tool or (b) by clicking or dragging a rectangle, from the active
themes in the Table of Contents. Note
that confirmation of the selected features is still required under both modes
of operation.
13. Modification to the [Merge 2 Polygon Layers] command under the
{Contouring commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. Two options have been added to the
confirmation dialog box which queries the user if it is okay to begin the
merging process. These options are
called: (a) Fill the gap between the TINS with Triangles and (b) Create Point
Features at Triangle Vertices. These
options appear in the form of check boxes at the bottom of the dialog box. By placing a check mark next to the Fill the
gap between the TINS with Triangles option, the user is indicating that the
command is to create triangles which will fill in the gap between the two
layers. If there is no check mark next
to this option, no triangles will be created to fill in the gap between the
layers. Likewise, the Create Point Features at Triangle Vertices
option indicates that the tool is to create point features at the vertices of
the triangles which are created. If
there is no check mark next to this option, no point features will be created.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0b
1. Modification to the [Clip Sheet] command under the {Sheet
Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-SheetBuildingMenus toolbar.
The [Clip Sheet] command will now create a copy of the classification
for a layer that is assigned a Simple or Unique classification. Previously, the same classification, which
was assigned to the source layer, was assigned to the cutout layer. As such, if the user made a change to the
classification for the cutout layer, the change would also be reflected in the
source layer. Now, the classification
for layers in the source and cutout data frames, that have been assigned a
Simple or Unique classification, are independent. For classifications other than Simple and
Unique, the classifications are as before.
That is, they are the same. So
that, a change to the classification for a layer in one data frame will be
reflected in the other.
2. Modification to the [Annotate Vertical Alignments] command
under the {Vertical Alignment commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users when using
the Clip Profile option. The Clip
Profile option will now create a copy of the classification for a layer that is
assigned a Simple or Unique classification. Previously, the same classification, which was
assigned to the source layer, was assigned to the cutout layer. As such, if the user made a change to the
classification for the cutout layer, the change would also be reflected in the
source layer. Now, the classification
for layers in the source and cutout data frames, that have been assigned a
Simple or Unique classification, are independent. For classifications other than Simple and
Unique, the classifications are as before.
That is, they are the same. So
that, a change to the classification for a layer in one data frame will be
reflected in the other.
3. Addition of the [Shapefiles from Layer] command to the
CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, for ArcGIS users.
This new command enables the user to create individual shapefiles from
an active layer using the value of an attribute within the layer. To use this command, the user first activates
the layer to be processed. A multi-input
dialog box is then displayed, from which, the user is able to specify: (a) the
field containing the name for the shapefiles to be created, (b) the entity
types to be processed, (c) the destination folder where the new shapefiles are
to be stored and (d) whether the new shapefiles are to be added to the document
or not. Essentially this command finds
all of the unique values for the specified field and uses these values as the
names of the shapefiles to be created.
Values that are NULL or blank are disregarded. If the user selects the Basic Types option
for the Entity Type to Process parameter, the command will only export features
whose ENTITY value is ARC, CIRCLE, LINE and POLYLINE. Note that this occurs only if the ENTITY
field is present in the layer.
4. Modification to the [Aliquot Polygon] command within the
CEDRA-Aliquot-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
A new option has been added to the Section Area or Strip parameter
called <Multi-Part Definition> which enables the user to create a
multi-part polygon with a single aliquot description. A delineator character is used to separate
individual aliquot descriptions. The
individual descriptions are then unioned to form a single feature. The default delineator character is the
comma, although the user is able to specify another character if so
desired. If the TAB character is desired,
then the user should enter TAB in the data field to the right of the Multi-Part
Delineator Character label.
5. Addition of the [Aliquot Polygons from Table] command within
the CEDRA-Aliquot-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. This new command enables the user to create
polygons based upon an Aliquot description that is stored in an attribute or
field within a dBase table. Similar to
the [Aliquot Polygon] command, in that it processes the exact same Aliquot description
syntax, this new command provides the user the ability to mass create polygons
based upon an Aliquot description. In
using this command the user must load a dBase table (.dbf) into the data frame
and activate or select a layer which may be of polyline or polygon type. This active layer represents the sections or
grids for which the Aliquot descriptions pertain to. The dBase table must contain three fields
representing the Township, Range and Section values for the section or grid to
be subdivided. The active layer must
also contain these same three fields.
The command processes the selected records in the dBase table, if there
are none, then all records are processed.
As a record is read from the table, the command will query the active
layer for a match on the Township, Range and Section values that were read from
the table record. If there is one match
then it is this section or grid that is subdivided, if there are no matches or more than one match,
then the table record is ignored and the next record in the table is processed.
Additionally, the user has the option to
transfer attributes or fields from the dBase table to the current active layer
which will contain the polygons that are created. The user can employ the [Set Active Layer]
command to define the current active layer.
6. Modification to the [Transfer Attribute] command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The [Transfer Attribute] command can be found
in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to transfer or assign the attribute value
of one feature to another feature based upon a spatial relationship (features
close to a point feature or features within a polygon feature). The command has been modified to transfer up
to five attributes, rather than just one.
Previously, the user could specify just a single attribute to be
transferred, now the user can identify up to five attributes. The multi-input dialog box has been expanded
to include Attributes 1 through 5. If
one of these attributes is not to be used, then the <none> option for the
attribute should be selected. The
default option for Attributes 2 through 5 is <none>. So that, if more than one attribute is to be
transferred the user can simply change the default for Attribute 2, 3, 4 or 5.
7. Addition of the [Set Active Layer] tool to the
CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users, to handle the setting of the
current active layer. This new tool
appears on the far right of the toolbar and upon activation displays a list of
the layers in the Table of Contents, from which, the user can select one to
indicate the current active layer.
Similar to the [Set Active Layer] command, within the
{CEDRA-AVcad-Menus} toolbar, when using the Picking Existing Layer option, this
new tool provides a fast means of defining the current active layer. In addition, when the user moves the cursor
over the tool in the toolbar, the tool will display the name of the current
active layer in the status bar area.
Note that when a layer is selected, which does not conform to the CEDRA
Layer Naming convention, the tool will place the Editor in edit mode and make
the current active layer the Target Layer.
Additionally, the current Task will be set to Create New Feature.
AVland New Features at Version 8.0a
1. Modification to the Echo 1 tool to the CEDRA-Echo-Tools
toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool will
now display the elevations and slope that are associated with the two
picks. Previously, only the coordinates,
direction and length were displayed. Now
the same information is displayed, but in addition, the user can display the
elevation and slope values.
2. Modification to the ECHO tool within the
CEDRA-AVland-VAlignmentTools toolbar for ArcGIS users. Two new options called Echo Original Ground
Elevation and Echo Proposed Ground Elevation have been added to the choice list
displayed by this tool upon activation.
These options enable the user to display elevations along the original
ground and proposed ground profiles at a specific station value. Previously, the user was able to display an
elevation only by making a pick on one of the profiles. Now the user is able to specify a specific
station value and have the tool display the corresponding elevation value.
3. Addition of the [Sections to Lines] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will plot cross-sections in a
world coordinate environment, rather than in a sheet coordinate environment as
with the [Plot Cross Sections] command.
This command develops point and line features from a cross-section data
table placing them in a layer called WrldXsc_XXln and WrldXsc_XXpn, where XX
denotes a horizontal alignment ID. The
cross-sections will appear vertically with subsequent cross-section positioned
above the previous cross-section at some interval, which can be computed by the
command or user specified. The user can
then use these cross-sections as a reference in order to create a new
cross-sections.
4. Addition of the [Lines to Sections] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will convert line segments,
which represent a cross-section, into a cross-section data table. This command complements the [Sections to
Lines] command by enabling the user to convert any line segments representing a
cross-section into a cross-section data table that can then be used for earthwork
computations or contouring.
5. Addition of the [Merge Section Lines] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will convert lines representing
two cross-section surfaces to form a new cross-section data table and, if
desired, polyline features representing the merged cross-section surface. This is an excellant command for developing
site cross-sections which can be used to develop site contours. Line features which are created with
the[Sections to Lines] command can be used as a base for creating proposed
ground cross-sections. The proposed
ground cross-section lines can then be merged with the original ground
cross-section lines to form a final ground cross-section surface using this new
command.
6. Addition of the [Enter Offsets/Elevations] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command enables the user to create a
point feature that is superimposed upon a cross-section by specifying an offset
and an elevation. To use this command,
the user must select at least one line segment from the cross-section(s) to be
processed. As such, it is possible for
the user to create points that are superimposed upon more than one
cross-section at a time. If no line
segments are selected, an appropriate error message is displayed. Given the selected line segments, the user
selects the station value to be processed and the desired offset and elevation
values. The command will then create a
point at the appropriate location placing the point in the current active
layer. In addition to creating points,
one at a time, the command also provides the ability to mass create points by
importing an ASCII based file that contains: station, offset and elevation
values on a data line. At least one
space or a single comma must separate the three values on the data line. There is no limit to the number of data lines
that can appear in the file and the station values can appear in any order (the
file does not need to appear in station ascending order).
7. Addition of the [Plan Point onto Section] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will create a point feature that
is superimposed upon a cross-section by projecting the point onto a horizontal
alignment to determine the station and offset and then create a point feature
that is superimposed upon a cross-section that is drawn in a world coordinate
environment. This command enables the user
to create points in the plan view or world coordinate system and then have a
point appear on the cross-section at the corresponding station, offset and
elevation.
8. Modification to the [Locate Station and Offset] command
under the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will now prompt the user for an
elevation value, in addition, to the station and offset values. Previously, the command only requested
station and offset values. Now, the user
is able to specify an elevation value, which will be stored under the Z
attribute (field), if present.
9. Modification to the Perform a Topological Operation tool
within the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools2 toolbar for ArcGIS users. This command will now process polyline
features, in addition to polygon features.
Previously, only polygon features were processed by this command. When processing polyline features, the user
is able to use the Combine, Difference, Intersection and Union operators. The Shared Edge and Shared Edge with Base
Feature options are not available for polylines.
10. Addition of the Points at Line EPts command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Points at Line EPts command can be found
in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to find the point feature closest to each
end point of a line feature and transfer to the line feature two point attributes
(such as node number and node type). In
using this command, the user must select or activate the point and line layers
prior to activating the command. Only
visible and selected point and line layers are processed. The command processes selected line features,
if no features are selected in the
active line layer then all line features in the layer will be processed. A multi-input dialog box is presented from
which the user specifies the two attributes in the point layer that are to be
transferred to the line layer. The
labels for these two attributes are Point ID and Point Type. A drop-down list appears containing all of
the point attributes in the active point layer.
The user simply selects the one attribute that should be used for the
Point ID and Point Type. If no attribute
is to be used for the Point Type parameter, the user should select the
<none> option. Note that the Point
ID attribute must be specified, the Point Type attribute is optional. In addition to the two point attributes, the
user will specify four line attributes, two for the start point of the line and
two for the end point of the line. These
attributes will contain the Point ID and Point Type values of the point that is
closest to the start and end points of the line. In addition to the six attributes specified
above, the user can enter a proximity tolerance value and a report
filename. The proximity tolerance value
is used to determine which point is closest to the start or end point of the
line, while the report filename will contain the results of the
processing. Within the report, any line
features which did not have a node feature close to an end point will be
identified by their object ID (FID, OID, OBJECTID) value.
11. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. The Map Tips tool has been
changed to deactivate itself when the user depresses the left mouse
button. Previously, the tool could only
be deactivated by activating another tool.
Now, when the user clicks the left mouse button the tool deactivates and
the default ArcMap tool becomes active.
In so doing, the user can now display map tips as desired and when
finished, simply click the left mouse button to terminate the displaying of map
tips.
12. Addition of the [Clip Sheet Auto Layout] command under the
{Sheet Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-SheetBuildingMenus toolbar.
The [Clip Sheet Auto Layout] command enables the user to create clip
sheet windows that are positioned along a selected polyline feature. To use this command the user first creates a
clip window using the Box 3 tool in the CEDRA-Line3-Tool toolbar (third tool
from the left). The user then selects
the polyline feature that the clip window is to be repeated along. The [Clip Sheet Auto Layout] command can now
be selected. The command will display a
list box message box from which the user identifies the clip window to be
repositioned and repeated along the selected polyline feature. The command repositions the identified clip
window along the beginning of the polyline, after which, new clip windows are
created using the width and height of the identified clip window along the
entire length of the polyline. Once the
clip windows have been created, the user is able to perform any repositioning
of the clip windows that may be desired.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9z
1. Addition of the CEDRA-Spiral-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This toolbar contains seven tools
for creating and manipulating spiral curves.
The tools enable the user to: (a) create an alignment with a curve and
spirals by picking two lines and entering the back spiral length, circular
curve radius and forward spiral length, (b) create a spiral tangent to a line
and a curve, (c) create a spiral offset to another spiral, (d) project a point
upon a spiral, (e) create a line tangent to a spiral, (f) create a point or
radial line along a spiral with a plus and offset and (g) intersect a spiral
with a line or curve.
2. Modification to the Union and Buffer command within the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
This command when processing point features now offers the user the
ability to create rectangular buffer polygons, in addition to the circular and
square types previously supported. When
creating rectangular buffer polygons, the user can control the width, height
and angle of inclination of the rectangular polygon. Note that the user can also control the angle
of inclination for square buffer polygons.
The multi-input dialog box posed by this command, when processing point
features, has been modified to enable the user to: (a) specify the distance
between buffer rings, (b) specify whether the first ring is to be included or
not, (c) specify whether the first ring is to be centered about the point
feature or not, (d) the height of the rectangular buffer polygon and (e) the
angle of inclination of the square or rectangular buffer polygon.
3. Addition of the CEDRA-FormattingMenus toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This toolbar contains one
combo-box with a single command called Format Stations. This command enables the user to format
station values into a traditional engineering format. For example, a layer or table could contain
an attribute (field) with station values such as 1000.00, 1050.00, 1250.75 and
so forth. The Format Stations command
enables the user to convert these station values into a format such as 10+50,
10+50.00 and so forth. In addition, this
command allows the user to specify a prefix and/or suffix. In using this command the user specifies the
field which contains the station values to be formatted, as well as, the field
in which the formatted text string is to be stored in. The user has the option of: (a) using native
ArcMap functionality to create a new field, or (b) letting the command create a
field called STA_TEXT. The STA_TEXT
field will be of text type and will be twenty characters in width. To use this command, the user must select or
activate, in the Table of Contents, the layer or table to be processed prior to
selecting this command. This command
will process the selected features or records.
If there are no selected features or records, the command will process
all of the features or records in the layer or table.
4. Modification to the Intersection 2 command |I CV/LIN| and
Intersection 3 command |I 2CV|, for ArcGIS users, to allow the user to select
the point feature to be kept.
Previously, these commands would simply create point features at the
resultant intersections. Now, these
commands allow the user to pick one of the two new points. Once a point has been confirmed, the other
point that was created is deleted.
Afterwards, the user can select another feature to be intersected with
the base feature or another command, if so desired. Should the user wish to keep both point
features, the user simply selects any other command or another feature to be
intersected with the base feature. That
is, if both features are to be kept, the user should not pick one of the new
points.
5. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| for ArcGIS
users. A new option called Picking
Individual Points has been added to the choice list displayed by this
command. This new option enables the
user to make various picks in the map area to define a string which is
comprised of two-point line segments.
The string definition is terminated by selecting the last point in the
string a second time (an open string) or by picking the start point of the
string a second time (a closed string).
Using this option, the user does not need to have existing line or curve
features.
6. Modification to the Special Curve 5 tool within the
CEDRA-SpecialCurve-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool now displays a new parameter in the
multi-input dialog box, which is displayed upon selection of the tool, that
enables the user to specify whether point snapping is to be used or not during
the creation and/or modification of the keynodes. Previously, the user had to use the [AVcogo
Properties] command to set the point snapping property. Now the user can set the point snapping
property that is desired during the operation of the tool upon selection of the
tool. Note, that the setting of the point
snapping property is reset to its value prior to activating this tool.
7. Modification to the Special Curve 5 tool within the
CEDRA-SpecialCurve-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool will now query the user as to which
feature is to be processed if a pick is made that can select more than one
polyline feature. Previously, if more
that one feature could be selected from the user's pick, the tool would assume
that a keynode was being defined and not that a feature was to be
modified. Now, the tool queries the user
as to which feature is to be processed.
If the user selects the Cancel button, the tool assumes that a keynode
is to be defined and that no feature is to be modified.
8. Modification to the Intersection 1 command |I 2L/NBL| and
the Intersection 2 command |I CV/LIN| when selecting a line feature. If the user selects a point feature rather
than a line feature, the command assumes that the user wishes to define a
two-point line rather than select an existing line feature. In this case, the selected point feature acts
as the start point of the two-point line and the user is prompted to select the
end point of the two-point line.
Previously, these commands would disregard the selection of a point
feature and the user was prompted to select a line feature. Now the user has the ability to perform an
intersection with these commands using either an existing line feature or a
two-point line which is defined by two picks.
Note, if the user selects the No button in response to confirmation of a
selected feature, for all features within proximity of the pick, the commands will
assume that the user wishes to define a two-point line rather than select an
existing line feature.
9. Addition of the CEDRA-Aliquot-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This toolbar contains one
combo-box with four commands tailored for processing Aliquot descriptions. The last command, [Aliquot Polygon] is the
most generic and enables the user to create a polygon feature by subdividing
one or more selected polyline or polygon features by specifying typical Aliquot
quadrant identifiers such as NE, SE, SW, NW, N2, S2, E2N2 and so forth. The August 2007 issue of Command of the Month
describes the operation of this command in detail.
10. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Export Generate] command, for ArcGIS users in exporting polyline and polygon features. Two new choice items called Traverse File Format and Traverse File Format - Multiple Files have been added to the list of available file types. These new options enables the user to export polyline and polygon features using the Traverse File Format structure. The October 2007 issue of Command of the Month should be consulted for detail information regarding the use of the [Export Generate] command as well as the structure of the Traverse File Format.
11. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. A new tool has been added to the
toolbar called Map Tips. This tool
displays the attribute values for those attributes which have been defined in
the Theme Attribute Data File (themes.txt) as a Map Tip for a specific
feature. Once the tool has been
activated, the user simply positions the cursor on top of the feature to be
processed. If the command finds a
feature, which belongs to a theme which appears in the Theme Attribute Data
File, the command will display as a Map Tip the attribute values currently
assigned to the feature. The values
which are displayed are those which belong to the attributes identified in the
Theme Attribute Data File. In addition to
the attribute values, the attribute labels (as defined in the Theme Attribute
Data File) will precede the attribute value.
For example, the Map Tip window could contain a line such as Parcel: 101
or Diameter: 12. This new tool provides
a quick and easy method of displaying attributes values without having to
select a feature with the Edit Feature Attributes tool. The order of the attribute value listing is
identical to the order of the attribute specification in the Theme Attribute
Data File.
12. Addition of the Dimension 5 command |SAV MAB| for ArcGIS
users. This new tool enables the user to
generate a metes and bounds type of dimension based upon two picks made by the
user. If a curve is to be annotated, the
user can either: (a) explicitly enter the radius of the curve, or (b) make a pick
denoting a point on the curve. The user
can generate a distance, azimuth, bearing, distance and azimuth or distance and
bearing type of annotation. This tool
augments the {Annotate} [Distance], [Azimuth], [Bearing], [Distance and
Azimuth] and [Distance and Bearing] commands by offering the ability to operate
on two picks, rather than selected features.
13. Addition of the Center Text tool to the CEDRA-Text-Tools
toolbar for ArcGIS users. In using this
tool, the user: (a) selects the annotation feature(s) to be processed, (b)
activates the tool, (c) makes two picks denoting the baseline and (d) specifies
the type of centering to be performed.
The user can center annotation features using any of the following
options: Center within Horizontal Box,
Center within Vertical Box, Center about Horizontal Line, Center about Vertical
Line or Center about Inclined Line. When
centering about a line, the user is able to specify a spacing value, if
desired. The spacing value denotes the
distance between the selected annotation features. A value of zero denotes leave the annotation
feature spaced as is and only center the annotation features about the
baseline. When centering annotation
features within a box, the spacing value is computed by the command. This tool augments the text alignment options
offered by native ArcMap functionality.
14. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Copy Selected Features]
command to provide the user the ability to specify a field mapping file. The field mapping file is an ASCII based file
that contains three arguments on a data line.
The first argument is the name of a field in the layer which contains
the features to be copied. The second
argument is the name of the field in the layer which will contain the copied
features. This field name does not need
to be the same as the field name specified in the first argument. The third argument is optional and contains
an attribute equation which is to be evaluated and whose value will be stored
for the copied feature. The syntax of
the attribute equation is the same as used by the CEDRA-DataEditor software.
15. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. The user is now able to specify
either the name of the attribute (field) or the alias name for an attribute in
the Theme Attribute Data File. Previously,
the software would only accept the true name of the attribute. Now the user is able to specify either the
attribute's true name or its alias name, provided one has been specified.
16. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS users. The user is now able to use the functions:
LEN, TRIMR1, TRIMR2, TRIMR3, TRIMR4, TRIMR5, TRIMR6, TRIML1, TRIML2, TRIML3,
TRIML4, TRIML5 and TRIML6 when defining an attribute equation. The function LEN will return the number of
characters in a string. The TRIMR1
function will remove the last character in a string, TRIMR2 will remove the
last two characters, TRIMR3 will remove the last three characters in a string,
TRIMR4 removes the last four characters, TRIMR5 the last five characters and
TRIMR6 the last six characters.
Likewise, TRIML1 will remove the first character in a string, TRIML2
will remove the first two characters, TRIML3 will remove the first three
characters in a string, TRIML4, TRIML5 and TRIML6 the first four, five and six
characters, respectively.
17. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, for ArcGIS
users. Those users who wish to display a
value that is different from what is stored in the database can use the \\
characters when entering a value under the CHOICES command. For example, review the following:
CHOICES
CAP-BNK\\CAPACITY-BANK
FUS-CUT\\FUSED-CUTOUT
LIN-FUS\\LINE-FUSE
END
The
above is an example where the \\ characters are used to separate the actual
value, which is stored in the database, from the value that should appear in
the choice list. In this example,
CAPACITY-BANK, FUSED-CUTOUT and LINE-FUSE would appear in the choice list,
while the values, CAP-BNK, FUS-CUT and LIN-FUS, would be stored in the database. As such, the user first specifies the value
to be stored in the database, followed by the \\ characters, followed in turn
by the value to appear in the choice list.
In so doing, a more friendly name can be presented to the user, while a
desired coded value is stored in the database.
Note, if a blank value is to be stored in the database and the user
wishes to display something other than a blank character in the choice list,
the user should enter a blank character, followed by the \\ characters and then
the string to appear in the choice list.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9y
1. Modification to the
GetShape subroutine, for ArcGIS users to process features which are defined
using the ArcMap Arc Tool. This
modification effects a number of commands.
Previously, features which were created using the ArcMap Arc Tool were
treated as lines and not circular arcs.
This no longer is the case as these features will now be treated as
circular arcs.
2. Modification to the Assign Attribute command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Assign Attribute command can be found in the
CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar. The
Assign Attribute command can now transfer the values from one field to
another. To do so, the user specifies in
the first data line item, within the multi-input dialog box that is displayed,
the field or attribute to be modified (the one which will receive the new
values). In the second data line item,
the user specifies the name of the field (attribute) to be copied into the
field specified in the first data line item, enclosing the name of the field
within the square brackets [ ]. For
example, if the user entered [AREA] in the second data line item, the command
would copy the value from the attribute AREA into whatever field was specified
in the first data line item. Note, when
specifying date values, the user does not need to enclose the date in
double-quote characters ("). For
example, the date 12/08/2006 would be a valid date entry.
3. Modification to the Edit Feature command within the
CEDRA-EditFeature-Tools toolbar, for ArcGIS users. The Edit Feature command will now display as
the name of the label either the: (a) true attribute (field) name or (b) the
alias of the attribute, if one has been assigned to the attribute. Previously, the command would only display
the true attribute name and would not display the alias of the field.
4. Modification to the [Subdivide Block] command under the
{Subdivision commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-SubdivisionMenus toolbar.
This command will now store the record numbers or OIDs of the features
which comprise the various sides of a block.
In addition, the user is able to specify a Block ID. A new parameter has been added to the
multi-input dialog box that is presented by this command which enables the user
to enter a Block ID (up to twenty characters) for the block being
processed. The data for the sides is
stored in a table called BLOCKSIDEData.
Previously, this data was not saved and if the user wished to
re-subdivide a block, the sides for the block had to be redefined. Note that if an existing Block ID is
specified the command will replace the existing block side data with the
current data.
5. Addition of the [Recall Block] command under the
{Subdivision commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-SubdivisionMenus toolbar.
This command enables the user to specify a Block ID, for which, the
command will retrieve from a table called BLOCKSIDEData and regenerate the
internal lists for the sides that comprise the block. In so doing, the user does not have to
redefine the sides comprising a specific block.
Note that the [Subdivide Block] command stores the data for a block
prior to subdividing the block.
6. Modification to the Sequential IDs command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Sequential IDs command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
Rather than displaying two dialog boxes, the Sequential IDs command has
been modified to display only one.
Previously, a second dialog box, was displayed prompting the user to
select the attribute to be processed.
Now, a new parameter, Attribute to be Populated, has been added to the
initial multi-input dialog which enables the user to specify the attribute for
processing.
7. Modification to the Sequential IDs command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Sequential IDs command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The Sequential IDs command has been modified to be able to compute the
high value for a specified attribute (field).
This effects the first data line parameter, Enter Starting ID Number,
which appears in the multi-input dialog box.
The user is now able to either: (a) enter the starting value explicitly,
or (b) select from a choice list the option, Attribute High plus Increment, to
denote that the starting value is to be computed by taking the highest value in
the attribute to be processed and adding the ID increment value to it. The ID increment value is specified in the
second data line parameter.
8. Modification to the Change Feature's Shape tool for ArcGIS
users. This tool can be found in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools-2 toolbar. The
Change Feature's Shape tool will now allow the user to change the shape of a
part within a multi-part feature.
Previously, the user could change the entire shape of a multi-part
feature but not just a single part within the feature. Now, the user can alter the shape of a
specific part within a multi-part feature.
To do so, the user when selecting the multi-part feature for processing
should make a pick close to any vertex on the part to be modified. That is to say, when selecting the base
feature to be modified, make your pick on the boundary of the part to be modified. If a part within the multi-part feature is
found, a new option will appear in the choice list message box, which is
presented by the command, of the form "Change Shape of Part xx only",
where xx denotes the part number. Note
that part numbers begin at zero and increase sequentially by one. Selecting this option will result in the
geometry of the selected part being altered to match that of the second feature
that is selected. All other parts within
the multi-part feature will remain unaltered.
9. Modification to the CheckEndPoint procedure for ArcGIS
users. This procedure performs the point
snapping for every tool in the software.
The procedure has been modified to operate on an array of coordinates
rather than a list of coordinates. This
results in the procedure performing its task much faster than previously. This becomes very noticable when dealing with
features which are comprised of many vertices.
10. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| for ArcGIS
users when handling multi-part features.
The command has been modified to operate on an array of coordinates
rather than a list of coordinates. This
results in the procedure performing its task much faster than previously. This becomes very noticable when dealing with
features which are comprised of many vertices.
11. Addition of the [Sections from TIN] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will extract cross-sections and
a profile from a TIN dataset as created with the 3D Analyst. This command operates like the [Sections from
Contours] and [Sections from Polygons] commands with the exception that the
user needs to specify the number of shots which are to be taken left and right
of the horizontal alignment in addition to the other parameters. These two additional parameters appear at the
bottom of the traditional dialog box posed by these commands. The [Sections from TIN] command will take the
Left and Right X-section Limits and divide the value by the number of shots specified
by the user to determine a left and right offset interval. A shot will then be picked up along the
cross-section using these interval values.
In addition, the command will always pick up a shot at the 0.0 offset
for a cross-section.
12. Addition of the Transfer Attribute command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Transfer Attribute command can be found
in the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
This command enables the user to transfer or assign the attribute value
of one feature to another feature based upon a spatial relationship (features
close to a point feature or features within a polygon feature). To use this command, the user activates two
layers in the Table of Contents. One of
the layers will contain the features to be modified, while the other contains
the features whose attribute is to be transferred to the other. Upon activation of the command a multi-input
dialog box will be presented, from which, the user specifies: (a) the layer
containing the features to be modified, (b) whether all features in this layer
are to be modified or only the selected features, (c) the layer containing the
attribute to be transferred, (d) the attribute in this layer to be transferred,
(e) the attribute that this attribute is to be stored in, (f) the proximity
tolerance, (g) whether the command is to transfer the attribute value only,
highlight the corresponding feature only or transfer and highlight and (h)
whether the layer name and OID of the corresponding feature are to be
transferred as well. An example of the
application of this new command is when there are two layers, a point layer and
a polygon layer. The polygon layer
contains an attribute called ZIP4 and it desired to transfer the ZIP4 value of
a polygon feature to a point feature which falls within a specific
polygon. This command can be used to
accomplish this task.
13. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
take into account the rotation angle that has been applied to a data
frame. Previously, the data frame's
rotation angle property was ignored.
Now, the features which are to be exported in the data frame will be
rotated to properly reflect the data frame's rotation angle.
14. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
take into account the various horizontal and vertical alignment properties for multi-line
graphic text elements. Previously, only
the horizontal property was taken into consideration when exporting graphic
text elements. Now, the vertical
alignment, as well as, the X and Y offset values are accounted for.
15. Modification to the Intersection 1 command |I 2L/NBL| when
intersecting a two-point line with a polyline or polygon feature. The command will now, internally, extend the
two-point line so that it intersects or crosses the polyline or polygon
feature. Previously, if the two-point
line did not cross the polyline or polygon feature, an intersection would not
be computed. This no longer is the
case. So that, in the case where a
two-point line does not cross a polyline or polygon feature, the command will
extend the two-point line so that it does cross the polyline or polygon
feature. Note, that the two-point line
is not altered by the command, it remains as is.
16. Modification to the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users
to the Set Graphic Text Angle (2 Pts), Set Graphic Text Angle (Pick Line) and
Set Graphic Text Angle (Explicit) tools.
These tools when processing an annotation feature, which follows the
path of a polyline (curved text), will remove the polyline path definition and
force the annotation to follow the angle of inclination as defined by the
user. This modification enables users to
convert a curved text to a non-curved text without having to use native ArcMap
functionality.
17. Modification to the Duplicate Features command within the
extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.6) for ArcGIS users. The command has been modified to provide the user the ability to control the basis of
how a duplicate feature match is made.
The user can specify that a duplicate feature is to be based upon: (a) a
match in geometry only or (b) upon geometry and attribute values. Previously, the command would consider two
features to be identical if the two features shared the same geometry. Now, the user has the additional option of
indicating that the attribute values between the two features must be identical
in addition to the feature's geometries.
A choice list data field has been added to the bottom of the multi-input
dialog box that is presented by this command.
Using this choice list, the user can specify the basis for determining a
match between features. Attributes which
are not considered in determining a feature match include: OID, FID, OBJECTID,
DISSOLVE_SHAPE, SHAPE_AREA, SHAPE_LENGTH, SHAPE.AREA, SHAPE.LENGTH and ELEMENT.
18. Addition of the Special Curve 5 tool to the
CEDRA-SpecialCurve-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users. This tool enables the user to create a spline
curve through a variable number of keynodes using one of four curve generation
methods. The available methods include:
Circular Arcs, Natural Spline, Clamped Spline and Lagrangian
Interpolation. When using the Circular
Arcs method, the user is able to specify a rounding factor which results in a
larger radius curve being established.
There is no limit as to how large this value can be. Typical values can be 500, 1000 and so
forth. Upon activation, the user is
asked to specify the method of curve generation and rounding factor (if need
be), after which, the user picks the keynodes which are to comprise the curve. The curve keynode definition process is terminated
by selecting the last keynode a second time.
At this point, the user can: (a) select a keynode, dragging the keynode
with the left mouse button depressed to dynamically alter the shape of the
curve, (b) select the I key to insert a keynode, (c) select the X key to delete
a keynode or (d) depress the ESC key to terminate the creation of the spline
curve. When inserting a keynode, the new
keynode is inserted immediately after the keynode that is closest to the cursor
location. To delete a keynode, the user
positions the cursor over the keynode to be deleted and depresses the X
key. If the user makes a pick that
results in the command selecting a polyline feature, the user is able to
reshape the selected feature using the specified curve generation method. If a polyline is selected, the user is asked
to specify the number of keynodes that are to comprise the polyline. The process for manipulating the selected
feature is the same as that for creating a new spline curve. New spline curves are stored in the current
active layer.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9x
1. Modification to the [Contours from Points] command under the
{Contouring commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-ContouringMenus toolbar.
The command has been modified to accommodate break lines or lines of
continuity. Two new parameters called
Break Line Layer and Minimize Break Line Triangles (Y=yes, N=no) have been
added to the multi-input dialog box, which is initally displayed by this
command. The Break Line Layer parameter
enables the user specifiy the layer or theme which contains the line features
which are to be treated as break line. The
Minimize Break Line Triangles (Y=yes, N=no) parameter enables the user to control
whether or not points along the break line are to be created. Break lines should be defined from point to
point. That is, the endpoint of a break
line must touch a point feature which is to be used in the contouring. If not, the break line will be ignored.
2. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Import Points]
command, for ArcGIS users when importing a CEDRA drawing, files of type CEDRA
Dwg (*.ctl).
The command will now import the point code and description of a point
feature, provided the point has been assigned a code and a description. Previously, the point code and description,
which appeared in the CEDRA drawing, were ignored by the command. Now, these attributes will appear under the
PTCODE and PTDESC fields.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
export scale bar elements when the export is performed from Layout View. Previously, scale bar elements were
ignored. In addition, the program has
been modified to export a polyline which represents the outline of north arrow
and picture frame elements. Although the
program does not export the features which comprise the north arrow (since it
is actually an ESRI font character) or a picture frame, the program will export
a polyline which denotes the location of these two types of elements.
4. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Export Generate] command, for ArcGIS users in exporting point features. A new choice called Single Point Coordinate File has been added to the list of available file types. This new option enables the user to export point features in a variety of formats similar to the file formats presented by the [Import Points] command.
5. Modification to the CEDRA Tool Palette for ArcGIS
users. The visibility of the palette is
now stored in the global parameter setting file (c:\public.txt) so that when
the user reinvokes the program and the palette was visibile the last time the
program was used, the palette will now be displayed at its last position
without the user having to select the [CEDRA Tool Palette] command.
6. Modification to the Sequential IDs command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Sequential IDs command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The Sequential IDs command has been modified to allow the user the
ability to add a prefix or suffix to the sequential index value that is computed,
if so desired. The text, <none>,
denotes that the prefix or suffix is not to be added, any other text which is
entered in the appropriate data fields will be used as either a prefix or
suffix. In addition, the user is able to
specify the increment value that is to be used.
Previously, the increment value was always 1. Now the user can enter the desired increment
value. The multi-input dialog box posed
by this command has been modified to accommodate the three new parameters: ID
increment value, prefix and suffix.
7. Modification to the Sequential IDs command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Sequential IDs command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The Sequential IDs command, prior to displaying the multi-input dialog
box, will check if there are any selected graphic line elements. If so, an additional parameter will appear in
the multi-input dialog box with the label, Use selected graphic for order
(Y=yes, N=no):. This new parameter
enables the user to control the order of the features which are processed. Previously, the order was based upon the
feature's sequential OID value. Now,
when a selected graphic line element is present, the command will use the order
of the vertices comprising the graphic line element to determine the order of
how the features will be processed. That
is, the feature which is closest to the first vertex in the graphic line
element will be processed first, while the feature which is closest to the last
vertex will be processed last.
8. Modification to the Sequential IDs command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Sequential IDs command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The Sequential IDs command will now remember the values which were
previously specified. Prior to this
modification, the same default values would always appear whenever the command
was invoked. Now the command will
display the values which were last entered as the default values.
9. Modification to the Relocation 4 command |EXT/ELE/XING| for
ArcGIS users. The command now displays a
check box control at the bottom of the Yes/No/Cancel query box, which is
displayed after the user selects the features to be extended, that enables the
user to control whether or not point features are to be created at the computed
intersections. If the check box control
is not checked, the command functions as it always did. However, if the user checks the control, the
command will not extend the selected features, but rather, will create point
features at the computed intersections.
10. Addition of the Assign Attribute command within the
CEDRA-Skeletonization extension, for ArcGIS users. The Assign Attribute command can be found in
the CEDRA-Skeletonization-Tools toolbar.
The Assign Attribute command enables the user to assign a value
(explicitly or picked from a list) to a specific attribute or field. This command operates on the current active
layer processing either all features in the layer or only the selected
features, if any are present. A multi-input
dialog box is posed, from which, the user can specify the field to be processed
and the explicit attribute value. If the
user desires to display a list of the unique values for the attribute, a
parameter labeled List Attribute Unique Values (Y=yes, N=no) appears in the
dialog box where the user can select either Yes or No. If a unique attribute value list is
displayed, it is possible for the user to select a value from the list and have
it assigned to the features. A parameter
labeled Use a Unique Attribute Value (Y=yes, N=no) provides the user the
ability to indicate if one of the unique attribute values is to be used or
not. If the user responds Yes, the
multi-input dialog box is redisplayed with a list of the unique values for the
selected attribute. Note that no
features are modified during the generation of the unique attribute value list.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9w
1. Modification to the [Annotate Vertical Alignments] command
under the {Vertical Alignment commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users when using
the Clip Profile option. ArcGIS users
will find this combo-box within the CEDRA-AVland-VAlignmentMenus toolbar. The Clip Profile option will now maintain the
symbology of the features being clipped.
As such, the features that appear in the cutout data frame (Sheet X of
Profile XX), which is created by this option, will have the same look as they
did in the overall profile. This is
accomplished by applying the same legend (renderer) assigned to the layer being
clipped to the new layer which is created.
In addition, a progress bar with a cancel button has been added enabling
the user to abort the command, if desired.
2. Modification to the [Clip Sheet] command under the {Sheet
Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-SheetBuildingMenus toolbar.
The [Clip Sheet] command will now maintain the symbology of the features
being clipped. As such, the features
that appear in the cutout data frame (Sheet X of Frame DataFrame_Name), which
is created by this option, will have the same look as they did in the overall
plan view. This is accomplished by
applying the same legend (renderer) assigned to the layer being clipped to the
new layer which is created. In addition,
a progress bar with a cancel button has been added enabling the user to abort
the command, if desired.
3. Modification to the [Build Sheet] command under the {Sheet
Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-SheetBuildingMenus toolbar.
The [Build Sheet] command will now maintain the symbology of the
features being added to the sheet. As
such, the features that appear in the sheet data frame (Sheet X), which is
created by this option, will have the same look as they did in the data frame
from which they came from. This is
accomplished by looking at the data frames in the document file and applying
the legend (renderer) assigned to the layer which has the same name as the
layer being added to the sheet. In
addition, a progress bar with a cancel button has been added enabling the user
to abort the command, if desired.
4. Modification to the
{Annotate} [Point Data] command, for ArcGIS users to allow the user the ability
to control the order of the listing of the coordinates. Previously, the X coordinate would always
appear on top of the Y coordinate.
Likewise, the Easting would always be on top of the Northing. Now, a new data line parameter has been added
at the bottom of the multi-input dialog box containing a choice list with two
options. By selecting the appropriate
option the user can control if the X coordinate is to appear above the Y
coordinate, or if the Y coordinate is to appear above the X coordinate.
5. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Import Points]
command, for ArcGIS users when using any of the formats that employ the Code
parameter.
Under these types of file formats, the user is now able to create
separate layers, if so desired, for each of the unique Code values which appear
in the input file. The value of the Code
parameter serves as the name of the layer.
A new data line item has been added to the dialog box posed by this
command. The user simply selects Y or N
to indicate if separate layers are to be created. If separate layers are to be created a
Personal GeoDatabase (PGD) will be created using the root name of the input
file as the name of the PGD. Within the
PGD the command will create separate datasets for each of the unique Code
values.
6. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Import Points]
command, for ArcGIS users when using any of the formats that employ the Code
parameter.
Under these types of file formats, the user is now able to create lines
connecting common Code values in the order in which they appear in the input
file. Codes which appear in the
PTCODE.LIS file, located in the \cedra\fontswin folder, are disregarded, these
codes are treated as point symbols and as such are not used to create lines. The lines which are created will be stored in
a layer whose name will match the name of the data source for which the points
are stored in. Note that if this layer
does not exist or if it does but is not of Line type, the ln extension will be
appended to the name. For example, if
the points are stored in a shapefile or a PGD whose root name is i_demo2 or
i_demo2pn and the layer i_demo2 does not exist, the lines will be stored in a
layer called i_demo2ln. In addition, if
the i_demo2ln layer does not exist in the Table of Contents, a PGD will be
created called i_demo2.mdb and a line feature dataset called i_demo2ln will be
created within the PGD. A new data line
item has been added to the dialog box posed by this command. The user simply selects Y or N to indicate if
common point codes are to be connected so as to create line features.
7. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Update Classifications]
command for ArcGIS users when using the Update Active CEDRA Classifications,
Update All CEDRA Classifications or Update Visible CEDRA Classifications
options. The command has been modified
to run much faster than before so that the time to perform the classifications
should be dramatically less than previously experienced.
8. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Update Classifications]
command for ArcGIS users. Two new
options called Set Visible Themes to Single Symbol and Set Active Themes to
Single Symbol have been added to the choice list presented by this
command. These options enable the user
to apply a single symbol classification, using the default symbol for the
feature type, to either all visible or all active layers. If a layer is of type Point, the symbol size
for the point symbol will be set to 4.
9. Addition of the Connect Points command to the extension,
CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.4) for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this new command in the combo-box on the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This
command will create line features by connecting point features based upon a
sequential attribute value and/or a common attribute value. To use this command the user activates or
selects the point layer in the Table of Contents prior to activating this
command. Upon activation, the command
displays a multi-input dialog box from which the user specifies: (a) the
sequential attribute, (b) the common attribute, (c) the Z or elevation
attribute (optional), (d) whether the selected point features are to be
processed or if all of the point features in the active layer are to be
processed and (e) the type of connectivity to be used (Sequential or Common and
Sequential). The lines which are created
will be stored in a layer whose name will match the name of the current active
layer. Note that if this layer does not
exist or if it does but is not of Line type, the ln extension will be appended
to the name. For example, if the name of
the current active layer is L_0 and the layer L_0 does not exist in the Table
of Contents, the lines will be stored in a layer called L_0ln. In addition, if the L_0ln layer does not
exist, a PGD will be created called L_0.mdb and a line feature dataset called
L_0ln will be created within the PGD.
10. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
export the elevation or Z value for polyline and polygon features. Previously, this was only done if the feature
was ZAware (a 3D feature). Now if one of
the following attributes is present (Z SZ, Z1, ELV, ELS, ELEV, ELEVATION,
ELEV1, ELEVATION1), the program will include the attribute value in the DXF
file as the Z value for the vertices which comprise the feature. For two-point lines, if one of the following
attributes is present (EZ, Z2, ELE, ELEV2, ELEVATION2), the program will
include this attribute value in the DXF file as the end point Z value for the
feature, otherwise, the start point elevation will be used as the end point
elevation, if one is present.
11. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
export CAD drawing curve features.
Previously, features which appeared in the document file in the form of
a CAD drawing (.dwg, .dxf, .etc.) were not processed due to the fact that these
features were drawn differently than native ArcMap features. Now the program is able to process CAD
drawing curve features by computing vertices along the curve at a uniform
interval. The interval is computed by
taking the overall length of the curve and dividing it by 1.5.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9v
1. Modification to the [Plot Original Ground Profile] and [Plot
Profile from Polyline] commands under the {Cross-Section/Profile
commands}combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections toolbar. A new
option has been added to the dialog box posed by these commands called Plot Profile
Right to Left (Y=yes, N=no), which provides the user the ability to plot a
profile in a right to left fashion rather than left to right. Previously, all profiles were generated only
in a left to right direction.
2. Modification to the [Generate Stations] command under the
{Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
The command has been modified to provide the user the ability to
annotate station values at a user specified interval. A new option called Annotation Interval - ft
(m) has been added to the dialog box which provides a data field for specifying
the desired interval along the alignment where a station annotation is to
appear. The data field directly above
this new option has been modified to display a choice list box. The options within this choice list include
Ticks, Ticks + PC and PT Stations, and Annotation Interval only. When the Annotation Interval only option is
selected, the station annotation will be generated only at the specified
annotation interval, regardless of the setting of the Ticks at parameter.
3. Addition of the CEDRA-AVland-PlaneCurveTools toolbar for
ArcGIS users. This toolbar contains one
tool which enables the user to generate four types of plane curve spirals. The types of spirals that can be created
include Archimedes, Fermet, Reciprocal and Lituus. The parameters which the user can control in
generating the spirals include the increment angle, bandwidth, radius and
starting angle. After selecting the
command, the user is able to pick the center of the spiral, after which, a
multi-input dialog box is presented from which the user can specify the desired
values for the various parameters that are presented. Upon confirmation of the values, the spiral is
created and stored in the current active layer.
The feature that is created is a polyline. Decreasing the increment angle will result in
a "smoother" looking spiral being created. That is to say, the smaller the increment
angle, the smoother the spiral will appear.
4. Modification to the [Print Data Frame] command under the
{Sheet Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-SheetBuildingMenus toolbar.
The radial button Custom, under the Paper Size frame, has been changed
to a listbox control containing the names of the maps in the document. Selecting the radial button to the left of
this listbox enables the user to specify custom sheet height and width
values. If the user selects the Include
Data Frame matching the Paper Size option the user can select a map from this
listbox for inclusion in the plot that is created. Previously, the Data Frame that was included
had to be called Custom. Now the Data
Frame that is included can be named anything the user desires.
5. Modification to the [Print Data Frame] command under the
{Data Frame Tools} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the CEDRA-DataFrame-Tools toolbar. The radial button Custom, under the Paper
Size frame, has been changed to a listbox control containing the names of the
maps in the document. Selecting the
radial button to the left of this listbox enables the user to specify custom
sheet height and width values. If the
user selects the Include Data Frame matching the Paper Size option the user can
select a map from this listbox for inclusion in the plot that is created. Previously, the Data Frame that was included
had to be called Custom. Now the Data
Frame that is included can be named anything the user desires.
6. Modification to the commands which execute programs using
the avExecute2 function. These programs
are now launched using Windows API calls rather than the Shell command. From the user point of view there is no real
difference that will be noticed.
However, this modification does make the software more compatible with
various types of PCs.
7. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Modify Annotation
Features] command, for ArcGIS users.
This command now allows the user to reposition an annotation feature by
centering a text string along a line while either (a) maintaining an offset or
(b) fixing the offset of the annotation from a line. Two new options have been added to the
Reposition by choice drop-down list providing for this new functionality. These options are called Maintaining Offset
from a Line & Center and Fixed Offset from a Line & Center,
respectively.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.7,
for ArcView GIS users, when exporting point features. If the point feature is not ZAware, that is
to say not a 3D point, the program will try to use one of the following
attributes; Z, ELV, ELEV or ELEVATION in exporting an elevation value. If none of these attributes exist and the
point is not ZAware, the elevation value 0.0 will be written to the DXF
file. If one of these attributes do
exist, the program will export the value for the first attribute it finds. Previously, a non-zero elevation value would
be written only when the point feature was ZAware (a 3D point).
9. Addition of the [Compute Station and Offset] command under
the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
This new command enables the user to process a selected set of point
features and project them onto the current active alignment so as to ascertain
their station and offset values along the alignment. The command offers the user the ability to:
(a) store the station and offset values in the attribute table associated with
the point features and/or (b) generate a report containing the station and
offset values. In storing the values in
the attribute table of the point feature, the command will use the ALIGNUM,
STATION, and ALIGOFF fields. If these
fields do not exist, they will be added to the attribute table. Note that it is possible for the user to
store the values in the attribute table and create a report at the same
time. Upon activation of the command, a
multi-input dialog box is posed to the user from which the user can specify the
mode of operation.
10. Modification to the [Annotate Surface Elevations] command
under the {Vertical Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command now offers the user the ability
to position the annotation it generates at a specific elevation. Three new options have been added to the
Annotation Position parameter called At Specific Elevation, At Specific
Elevation on Right and At Specific Elevation with Station. In addition a new parameter called Specific
Elevation of Annotation: has been added to the multi-input dialog box posed by
this command. Previously, the user could
only position the annotation below the datum, at the datum or at the surface of
the proposed ground. Now the user can
specify an exact elevation for where the annotation is to appear on the
profile.
11. Modification to the [Update Geometry] command for ArcGIS
users, which appears under the {CEDRA commands} combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVcad-Menus toolbar A new option
called Update Shapes using Coordinates has been added to the Mode of Operation
choice list that is presented by this command.
This new option provides the user the ability to alter the geometry or
shape of a feature by using coordinate values that are stored in the attribute
table. This option processes the current
active point or polyline layer. Once
activated, the user is able to specify the fields which contain the X and Y
coordinate values and how the coordinates are to be processed. The coordinate processing options include Use
Coordinates As Is, Project Decimal Degrees to Map Units and Project Distance to
Map Units. The last option Project
Distance to Map Units is sensitive to the Display Units setting for the Data
Frame. When dealing with point features,
this command will position the point using the X and Y coordinates found in the
attribute table, while for polyline features the command will alter only the
start and end points of the polyline, any intermediate vertices will remain
unaltered.
12. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
when exporting attributes for a single layer.
Previously, the software would not output the BLOCKS command line in the
DXF file, which resulted in the DXF file being incomplete. This has been corrected so that attributes
can be exported for one or many layers.
13. Modification to the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.4),
for ArcGIS users when using the Snap To Points command. The user is now able to specify whether all
visible layers are to be processed or only the visible active layers are to be
processed. Previously, the command would
process all visible layers. Now the user
has a choice as to which layers are to be processed. In addition, if the Editor is in session an
additional parameter will be presented in the multi-input dialog box presented
by the command, enabling the user to either: (a) stop the Editor saving any edits
which may have been made, or (b) stop the Editor ignoring any edits which may
have been made. In order to use this
command, the Editor should be stopped prior to invoking the command, if the
Editor is not stopped, this additional parameter will appear in the multi-input
dialog box.
14. Modification to the extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version
2.4) when using the Change Feature's Shape tool. The tool will now check if one or two layers
are active. If so, the tool tries to
select two features from the active layer(s).
If two features can not be selected, the command functions as
before. If two features of the same type
can be selected, the command highlights the first feature found and prompts the
user as to if this is the base feature to be modified in the form of a
Yes/No/Cancel message box. By activating
the layer or layers containing: (a) the feature to be modified and (b) the
feature containing the new shape, the user is able to reduce the number of
clicks in altering the shape of a feature.
15. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
export Callout elements. Previously,
Callout elements were ignored and as such would not appear in the DXF file that
was created. Now Callout elements are
processed from both Data View and Layout View.
16. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
export the Data Frame's border, if one has been associated with the Data Frame,
when the export is performed from Layout View.
Previously, the Data Frame's border would not be processed. Now the program will export the Data Frame's
border when creating a DXF file from Layout View.
17. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.8
for ArcGIS users. The program will now
export multi-line annotation features stored in a geodatabase. Previously, only single-line annotation
features were handled. Now, both single
and multi-line annotation features are properly exported from both Data View
and Layout View.
18. Addition of the Generate Parcel Centroids command to the
extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.4) for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this new command in
the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This command will generate point features
representing the approximate centroid location for the selected polygon
features. The user selects the polygon
features to be processed prior to activating this command. The point features which are created are
stored in the current active layer.
Should the polygon being processed contain a Parcel Identification
Number (PIN), the command will transfer the PIN to the point feature. The PIN.TXT file located in the \cedra\avprjs
folder can be used to define the structure of the PIN.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9u
1. Addition of the Echo 5 tool to the CEDRA-Echo-Tools toolbar
for ArcGIS users. This tool enables the
user to echo or display the plus and offset of a point along a string, as well
as, the overall length of the string. A
string may be comprised of one or more features (lines and/or curves). When activated, the user will be asked to
select the first element in the string.
A choice message box will appear enabling the user to define the string
in one of three modes. Once the string
has been defined, the user makes a pick.
The command will project this pick onto the string and display the plus
and offset values associated with the point of projection. The user is then able to make another pick to
display new plus and offset values. The
command remains in this mode of operation until another command is selected.
2. Modification to the [Clip Sheet] command under the {Sheet
Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-SheetBuildingMenus toolbar.
The command has been modified to accommodate annotation features which
were created by converting labels into annotation features. Previously, these types of annotation features
were not supported.
3. Modification to the [Clip Sheet] command under the {Sheet
Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVland-SheetBuildingMenus toolbar.
The command has been modified for speed improvement. Previously, when working with large datasets,
the command would pause for a lengthy time prior to performing the
clipping. This should no longer occur.
4. Modification to the [Clip Sheet] command under the {Sheet
Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
This command has been modified to clip raster images in addtion to
feature layers. Previously, this command
would only clip feature layers, rasters layers were not processed. Now the command will clip all visible raster
layers in the active data frame. When
clipping a raster layer, the command will create a new raster, in a .TIFF format, using the CLIP_X_NAME
convention, where X denotes the sheet number and NAME, the name of the raster
layer. This new raster is stored in the
current working directory and not in a dataset within a personal geodatabase,
which is where feature layers that are clipped are stored. Note, that it is possible for the clip window
to be inclined when clipping a raster layer.
That is, the clip window does not have be orthogonal (aligned with the X
axis).
5. Modification to the [Build Sheet] command under the {Sheet
Building commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users.
This command has been modified to process raster images in addtion to
feature layers. Previously, this command
would only process feature layers, rasters layers were not processed. Now the command will process raster
layers. When processing a raster layer,
the command will create a new raster, in a.TIFF format, using the SX_NAME
convention, where X denotes the sheet number and NAME, the name of the raster
layer. This new raster is stored in the
current working directory and not in a dataset within a personal geodatabase,
which is where features layers that are processed are stored.
6. Modification to the [Contours from Polygons] and [Regenerate
Contours] commands under the {Contouring commands} combo-box for ArcGIS
users. These commands have been modified
to prompt the user as to if the existing contour information (polylines and
annotation), which reside in the current active layer, is to be deleted or
added to when processing the new contour data.
These commands will now check if the current active layer contains any
contour information, if it does not, the commands function as before. If the current active layer does contain
contour information, a Yes/No/Cancel message box will be displayed asking the
user if the existing contour information is to be deleted, added to, or the
command aborted. Previously, the user
had to delete the existing contour information prior to selecting these
commands, otherwise, the new contours would overlay on top of the previous
contours.
7. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.7
to be able to export the visible data in either: (a) the current coordinate
system of the view (data frame) or (b) in the coordinate system of the theme's
data source. A new option has been added
to the dialog box posed by the Create DXF File command called Export using same
Coordinate System as the Data Frame.
When this option has been activated (checked), all of the data that is
exported will be in the same coordinate system as the view (data frame). When this option is not activated (not
checked), each theme (layer) will appear in the coordinate system of its data
source. As such, when this option is not
checked it is possible for the themes (layers) to not overlay as expected since
each theme (layer) could be in a different coordinate system.
8. Addition of the [Plot Profile from Polyline] command under
the {Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections toolbar.
This new command enables the user to generate a profile for a 3D line or
Polyline ZM feature. In creating the
profile, the station values can be derived from: (a) the vertex's distance
along the line, (b) the vertex M value, (c) the vertex ID value or (d) the
sequential number of the vertex, while the elevation values can be derived
from: (a) the vertex Z value or (b) the vertex ID value. In using this command, the user activates in
the TOC the layer containing the 3D line to be processed, afterwards, the
specific line should be selected. Upon
selection, the command searches the active layer for a selected feature. Once found, the command functions like the
[Plot Original Ground Profile] command.
A new data frame will be created by this command containing the profile
drawing. The Profile Identifier, which
is entered by the user, is used in naming the new data frame.
9. Addition of the Mirror Features and Repeat Features options
to the Transformation tool for ArcGIS users.
These options appear below the Translate, Rotate, Scale Features option
at the bottom of the choice list and enable the user to either mirror or repeat
the selected features. Both options
create new features placing them in the current active layer. Attributes of the selected features will be
transferred to the new features provided that the layer into which the new
features are stored contain the same attributes as the selected features. When mirroring features the user can mirror
about: (a) the X axis, (b) the Y axis or (c) an arbitrary baseline. The options Pick Baseline Point 1 and Pick
Baseline Point 2 should be used to specify the baseline control points. When repeating features the user can: (a)
create multiple copies, (b) apply a scale factor and/or (c) apply an angle of
rotation. The option Pick Baseline Point
1 should be used to specify the "control point" for the selected
features, while the option Pick New Baseline Point 1 should be used to denote
the new location of the "control point".
10. Modification to the Transform Features and Stretch Features
options in the Transformation tool for ArcGIS users when processing polyline
and polygon features which have a large number of vertices comprising the
feature. These options will now process
these types of features faster than before.
11. Modification to the Perform a Topological Operation tool
within the extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version 2.3), when using the
topological operations called: SHARED EDGE and SHARED EDGE WITH BASE
FEATURE. These options have been
modified to handle a vertex proximity tolerance of zero, as well as, improved
to better find the common edge between the selected polygons. This command appears in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools2 toolbar for ArcGIS users.
12. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 2.1,
for ArcGIS users when processing a feature in a layer that has labels
displayed. The software will now refresh
the layer, upon completion of the editing, to ensure that the labels which are
displayed reflect the proper values.
Previously, there was no refreshing so that in order for the labels to
be updated the user had to manually refresh the display of the layer. Now, the software will perform this updating
for the user.
13. Modification to the Perform a Topological Operation tool
within the extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version 2.3). The tool will now process the active layer(s)
or the visible layers. Previously, the
tool would process only the visible layers.
Now, if there are any active layers, the tool will process the active
layer(s). If there are no active layers
then the tool functions as before processing all of the visible layers. This command appears in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools2 toolbar for ArcGIS users.
14. Modification to the CEDRA Tool Palette for ArcGIS users. The position of the palette is now stored in
the global parameter setting file (c:\public.txt) so that when the user
reinvokes the program and redisplays the palette, it will appear in the
location in which it was last displayed.
In so doing, the user no longer has to reposition the palette, but
rather, the palette will always be displayed in the location in which it last
appeared.
15. Addition of the CEDRA-Callout-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. This new toolbar provides similar
functionality to the Callout tools found in the Text tools drop-down list,
found in the ArcView GIS environment, for creating various types of
Callouts. Since there is no out of the box
toolbar in ArcMap for creating Callouts, this new toolbar is extremely useful
for those users who need to create Callouts from within ArcMap.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9t
1. Modification to the [Plot Original Ground Profile] command
under the {Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-CrossSections toolbar.
Two new options have been added to the Type of Grid drop-down choice list
called Full Grid w/ Full Stations and Full Grid w/ Full Roadway Stations. These new options operate the same as the Full
Grid option with the exception that the station annotation which appears at the
bottom of the profile will include the + character in the annotation. For example, the Full Grid w/ Full Stations
option would produce a station annotation such as 100+00, while the Full Grid
w/ Full Roadway Stations option would generate a station annotation that would
look like1+00. The Full Grid w/ Full
Roadway Stations option will divide the station value by 100 (US units) or 1000
(SI units) prior to creating the annotation.
2. Modification to the HA PI Points tool for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this tool in the
CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentTools toolbar.
When using the Modify Alignment PI option the command will redisplay the
dialog box after performing the desired modification. In so doing the user is able to perform
multiple modifications on the PI without having to reselect the PI. The dialog box will continue to be
redisplayed until the user cancels the command.
3. Modification to the VA PI Points tool for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this tool in the
CEDRA-AVland-VAlignmentTools toolbar.
When using the Modify Alignment PI option the command will redisplay the
dialog box after performing the desired modification. In so doing the user is able to perform
multiple modifications on the PI without having to reselect the PI. The dialog box will continue to be
redisplayed until the user cancels the command.
4. Addition of the [Flip Triangles] command under the
{Contouring commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-ContouringMenus toolbar.
This new command enables the user to reverse the shared side between two
triangular shaped polygons. In order for
this command to work two triangular shaped polygons must be selected prior to
invoking this command and the two must share a common side. This command will then change the common side
to be the other diagonal, that is common to the two polygons.
5. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Modify Annotation
Features] command, for ArcGIS users.
This command now allows the user to modify the text angle, which is
associated with the selected annotation feature(s), by: (a) explicitly entering
a desired text angle or (b) by adding an incremental angle. Two new options have been added to the Mode
of Operation choice drop-down list providing for this new functionality. These options are called Set the Text Angle
(degrees) and Add to the Text Angle (degrees), respectively.
6. Modification to the [Select Features from Active Layers]
command in the CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar to place the features which are
selected in the map's feature selection list when the Editor is in an edit
state. This enables the user to use
ArcMap's Edit Tool to relocate the selected feature(s). Previously, this was not done and as such,
the user had to first select the feature(s) and then place the Editor in an
edit state in order to be able to use the Edit Tool. Now, the user is able to select the
feature(s) when the Editor is in an edit state and use the Edit Tool. Note, that the Edit Tool is the tool which
appears immediately to the right of the Editor button on ArcMap's Editor
toolbar.
7. Addition of the [Compute/Display Low Points] command under
the {Vertical Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-VAlignmentMenus toolbar.
This new command enables the user to determine on an original ground
profile or a proposed ground profile, (a) the station and elevation of the
lowest elevation in the profile, or (b) the station and elevation of the
turning points on the profile. A turning
point is defined as either a crest (an elevation that is higher than the point
previous and subsequent to the current point) or sag (an elevation that is
lower than the point previous and subsequent to the current point). This command will display a red plus sign at
the various location(s), if any are found, as well as display a choice message
box listing the station and elevation values of these locations.
8. Addition of the [Locate Station and Offset] command under
the {Horizontal Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS users will find this combo-box within
the CEDRA-AVland-HAlignmentMenus toolbar.
This new command enables the user to create a point feature given a
station and offset. Using the current
active alignment, the user is able to enter station and offset values, from
which, the command will create a point feature at the coordinates corresponding
to the station and offset values. The
point feature is added to the current active layer. In addition, the command will add the
ALIGNUM, STATION, and ALIGOFF fields to the attribute table for the current
active layer and store for the feature the current active alignment number,
station value and offset value which were used to establish the point.
9. Modification to the [Update Geometry] command for ArcGIS
users, which appears under the {CEDRA commands} combo-box within the
CEDRA-AVcad-Menus toolbar A new option
called Dirty Features Check has been added to the Mode of Operation choice list
that is presented by this command. This
new option will check the active layer for features which have Null or Empty
geometries, including annotation features which may also have a Null text
string assigned to them. If no dirty
features are found, an information message box to this effect will be
displayed. If there are dirty features
the user has the ability to delete them from the active layer. Note that this option will process only one
active layer at a time and if features are deleted, the user has the ability to
Undo the deletion, if so desired.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9s
1. Modification to the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. Four tools have been added to the
toolbar. The first three correspond to
the Set Graphic Text Angle (2 Pts), Set Graphic Text Angle (Pick Line) and Set
Graphic Text Angle (Explicit) options within the Transformation tool. These tools enable the user to define the
angle of inclination for an annotation feature by: (a) picking two points, (b)
picking an existing line feature or (c) explicitly entering an angle. In using these tools, the user is able to (a)
"pick" the annotation feature to be processed and then specify the
appropriate data, or (b) "select" the annotation feature prior to
activating the tool and then specify the appropriate data required by the tool. The fourth tool is the Edit A Text tool which
enables the user to edit the text string that is associated with the annotation
feature (see the description below for more information).
2. Addition of the Edit A Text tool to the CEDRA-Text-Tools
toolbar for ArcGIS users. In using this
tool, the user "picks" the annotation feature to be modified, after
which, the command displays a multi-input message box containing the annotation
feature's current text string and the attributes which are associated with the
annotation feature. The user is then
able to enter a new text by overwriting the current text string that is
displayed or by selecting the attribute whose value is to be used as the text
string. Should the user wish to break
the text into separate text strings, the characters || can be used. When the || characters are found, the command
will create a new annotation feature in the same layer as the original selected
annotation feature. There is no limit to
the number of times the || characters can appear in a text string. When the || characters are used, the command
will center the annotation features about the original selected annotation
feature's position. In addition, this
tool can be used to transfer the attribute value of a line feature to the text
string. When selecting the annotation
feature to be processed, if the "pick" that is made to select the
feature can also be used to select a line feature, the command will highlight
both the annotation feature and the line feature and display the attributes of
the line feature in the multi-input dialog box.
The user can then select one of the line feature's attributes, if
desired.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-Transform-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. An additional tool has been added
to the toolbar. This tool corresponds to
the Translate, Rotate, Scale Features option within the Transformation
tool. This tool enables the user to
translate, rotate and scale selected features without taking into consideration
a baseline. This means that the
transformation, which is applied to the selected features, is in respect to the
X and Y axes. In using this tool, the
user selects the feature(s) to be transformed and then selects this tool. The command will then display the
transformation parameter multi-input dialog box, from which, the user can enter
the appropriate data. Once entered, the
transformation is applied to the selected features and the dialog box
redisplayed so that another transformation can be applied to the same features. To terminate the command, the user selects
the Cancel button.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-Text-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS
users. A new tool, Curved Text, has been
added to the toolbar. This brings the
total number of tools in this toolbar to six.
The Curved Text tool enables the user to convert an existing annotation
feature into a text string which follows the path of an existing polyline
feature. In using this tool, the user
first selects and confirms the annotation feature to be processed followed by
selecting and confirming the polyline feature which the annotation feature is
to follow. Once both features have been
identified, the command presents a multi-input dialog box which enables the
user to control: (a) the X and Y offsets along the polyline, (b) the text
string and (c) whether the text string is to be flipped or reversed. The dialog box will remain visible until the
user selects the Cancel button. This
allows the user the ability to enter various values until the desired position
has been achieved.
5. Addition of the Duplicate Features command to the extension,
CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.6) for ArcGIS users.
ArcGIS users will find this new command in the combo-box on the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This command
checks to see if there are any duplicates features in a layer or if there are
any duplicate features between two layers.
In determining duplicate features this command checks if there are
features which have the exact same geometry.
As such, the direction of a feature's geometry is important in
determining if a duplicate feature exists.
Once the duplicate features have been identified, the user has the
option to: (a) highlight the duplicate features, (b) delete the duplicate
features, (c) add the attributes of the duplicate features which are missing
(available only when two layers are being processed) or (d) update the common
attributes using the values of the duplicate features.
6. Modification to the Change Feature's Course tool within the
extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version 2.2).
This command has been modified to better find vertex matches when the
end points of the second feature selected do not have an exact match with the
first feature selected. When the end
points of the second feature do not have an exact match with any vertex of the
first feature, the command will use the vertices on the first feature which are
the closest to the end points of the second feature. This command appears in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools2 toolbar for ArcGIS users.
7. Addition of the Point Elev. from TIN and Point Elev. from
Contours commands to the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.6) for ArcGIS
users. ArcGIS users will find these new
commands in the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. These new commands enable the user to
interpolate an elevation for point features based upon a TIN dataset or a layer
containing contour strings, respectively.
In using these commands, the user must first activate in the table of
contents the two layers which represent the point layer and the TIN or contour
string layer to be processed. Once done,
the user can select the appropriate command.
Upon selection of the command, the program will display a dialog box
where the user can specify the desired interpolation parameter values.
8. Addition of the Profile from TIN command to the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools
(Version 1.6) for ArcGIS users. ArcGIS
users will find this new command in the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools
toolbar. This new command enables the
user to extract a profile based upon a TIN dataset and a selected feature in a
polyline layer. In using this command,
the user must first activate in the table of contents the two layers which
represent the polyline layer and the TIN layer to be processed. Once done, the user can select this
command. Upon selection of the command,
the program will display a dialog box where the user can specify the desired
profile extraction parameter values.
9. Modification to the [Set Text Size] command under the {Text
Properties} menu item for ArcGIS users.
The command will now display the text size that should be used (for each
of the annotation layers in the current active map) to generate a text
identical in size as that of the selected text.
A choice list message box is displayed containing the text size and the
annotation layer it corresponds to, from which, the user selects the desired
text size. Note that this occurs only
when an annotation feature is selected.
This will not occur when a graphic text element is selected.
10. Modification to the [Select Features from Active Layers]
command in the CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar to handle cases where one of the
active layers is a raster image or a CAD drawing. Previously, the command would not select any
features if one of the active layers was a raster image or a CAD drawing.
11. Addition of the [Plot Profile Table] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command enbles the user to superimpose
upon an existing profile another profile surface. The profile, which is to be superimposed,
must reside in a Profile Data Table, that is, a table which contains two fields
called STATION and ELEVATION.
12. Modification to the [Plot Original Ground Profile] command
under the {Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will now process a Profile Data
Table from another data frame if one does not exist in the current active data
frame. Previously, this command would
only process a Profile Data Table that resided in the current active data frame.
13. Modification to the [Plot Cross Sections] command under the
{Cross-Section/Profile commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will now process a Cross-Section
Data Table from another data frame if one does not exist in the current active
data frame. Previously, this command
would only process a Cross-Section Data Table that resided in the current
active data frame.
14. Modification to the [Annotate Surface Elevations] command
under the {Vertical Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will now process a Profile Data
Table from another data frame if one does not exist in the current active data
frame. Previously, this command would
only process a Profile Data Table that resided in the current active data
frame.
15. Modification to the [Create Elevations Table] command under
the {Vertical Alignment commands} combo-box for ArcGIS users. This command will now process a Profile Data
Table from another data frame if one does not exist in the current active data
frame. Previously, this command would
only process a Profile Data Table that resided in the current active data
frame.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9r
1. Addition of the [Change Conversion Properties] command under
the {Text Properties} menu item. The six
items which appear in the multi-input message box posed by this new command
were formerly under the [Change Text Properties] command. These items were removed to make room for six
new items. The items handled by this new
command deal with the conversion and annotation of polygon features.
2. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Change Text
Properties] command. The bottom six
items in the multi-input message box have been replaced by six new items. The six items which were replaced now appear
in the {Text Properties} [Change Conversion Properties] command. The six new items deal with the annotation of
area values. The last item in the
multi-input message box is a new parameter which enables the user to control
the location of the area annotation. The
default value for this parameter Offset from Centroid will locate the area
annotation in the same position as previously done. The other settings, Centroid, Centroid -
Above and Centroid - Below are new and enable the user to position the area
annotation at the centroid, slight above the centroid and slightly below the
centroid of the polygon.
3. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Update Geometry]
command. The command will now prompt the
user as to whether all of the active themes are to be processed or if all of
the visible themes are to be processed.
A choice list message box is displayed upon activation of the
command. Previously, a YesNo message box
was displayed when the command was activated.
Now the user selects from the drop-down the desired mode of
operation. As before, if a theme
contains no selected features then all of the features in the theme are
processed, otherwise, only the selected features are processed.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 2.4, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| when using the options Pick POB &
Transcribe Deed or Pick POC & Transcribe Deed. A new option called "Force Closure -
Move First Course" has been added to the choice message box which is
displayed when the parcel does not close. This option enables the user to move the start
point of the first course in the parcel to the end point of the parcel. This new option is intended to complement the
current option "Force Closure - Move Last Course" which moves the end
point of the last course in the parcel to the start point of the parcel.
5. Addition of the Relocation 8 command |SMOOTH LINE| which
enables the user to de-weed and/or smooth one or more polylines. When activated, the user is asked to make a
pick or drag a rectangle such that the desired polyline(s) are selected. Upon confirmation of the selected features, a
multi-input dialog box will be displayed, from which, the user can specify the
desired mode of operation. In terms of
de-weeding, the user is able to: (a) keep all of the points which comprise the
polyline, (b) remove those which do not meet a minimum segment length or (c)
remove every Nth point. In terms of
smoothing, the user can select one of five methods: (a) circular arc, (b)
natural spline (c) clamped spline, (d) straight line or (e) straight line with
trim. Once the de-weeding and smoothing
parameters have been specified, the selected features will be processed and
their shapes altered.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 2.1,
for ArcGIS users. The maximum number of
items which can be displayed per dialog box has been increased from 20 to
30. Note that when more than 20 items
are to be displayed it is suggested that the screen resolution be set to
1280x1024 or higher. If not, the dialog
box will occupy a large part of the screen covering up more of the map display
than is desired.
7. Addition of the Overlapping Polygons command to the
extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.5).
ArcView GIS users will find this new command under the PolyTools menu
item. ArcGIS users will find this new
command in the combo-box on the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar. This command checks to see if any polygons
overlap a given set of polygons. In
using this command, the user activates the theme for which the selected
polygon(s) in the theme will be checked for overlapping polygons. The activated theme can contain one or more
selected polygons. This command will
check if any other polygons within the theme overlap the selected
polygon(s). If there are polyons which
overlap the selected polygons, the command will display a list of the
overlapping polygon OIDs, as well as, highlight these polygons in the map.
8. Modification to the Perform a Topological Operation tool
within the extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version 2.1). Two new topological operations called: SHARED
EDGE and SHARED EDGE WITH BASE FEATURE have been added to the topological
operations choice message box presented by this command. Both options search for a common side between
two polygons. A common side is defined
as two vertices on each polygon which are within a user defined tolerance. These vertices are referred to as the match
points. All vertices on the base feature
between the match points, inclusive, form the common side. The SHARED EDGE option will modifiy the
polygon initially selected by incorporating the shared sides with the polygons
which are selected second. The SHARED
EDGE WITH BASE FEATURE, on the other hand, will modify the polygons which are
selected second by incorporating the shared side with the polygon which is
initially selected. These options
provide an excellant means of forcing two adjacent polygons to have the exact
same side or edge. This command appears
in the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools2 toolbar for ArcGIS users.
9. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.6,
for ArcView GIS users, to be able to perform an export operation from within a
Layout document. Previously, an export
operation could only be performed from within a View document. Now, the user is able to export a Layout
document, in addition to a View document, into a DXF file. When this extension is loaded and a layout
document is activated, the user will see the DXF Export menu item in the Layout
menu bar.
10. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.6,
for ArcGIS users, to be able to perform an export operation from within the
Layout View. Previously, an export
operation could only be performed from within the Data View. Now, the user is able to export a Layout
View, in addition to a Data View, into a DXF file. This is particularly useful when the user
wishes to create a DXF file which reflects a fully assembled drawing, rather
than a world view.
11. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.6,
to honor a layer's scale threshold values.
Previously, this was not done, so that, even though the layer did not
appear in the map the layer would be exported because it was visible. Now, if the layer is visible in the Table of
Contents, but due to the layer's scale threshold values it does not appear in
the map, the layer will not be exported.
12. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.6,
when exporting Arc/Info coverage annotation.
The degree symbol, ^, will now be converted into the typical degree
symbol when the DXF file is created. As
such, the user will no longer see the ^ character when importing the DXF file.
13. Addition of the {Text Properties} [Modify Graphic Text]
command, for ArcGIS users. This new
command enables the user to change the properties of graphic text
elements. Specifically, the size, color,
font and font style. Users are able to
modify the properties of selected graphic text elements or all graphic text
elements in the map.
14. Addition of the {Text Properties} [Modify Annotation Features]
command, for ArcGIS users. This new
command enables the user to change the properties of annotation features. Specifically, the size, color, font and font
style. Users are able to modify the
properties of selected annotation features.
If there are no selected annotation features, an appropriate error
message will be displayed.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9q
1. Modification to the Offset 1 command |PARL LN| and Offset 3
command |PAR ELE| to prevent the offset elements, which are created, to not
overlap each other. Previously, when the
specified offset exceeded the length of the smallest segment in the string,
these commands (depending upon the geometry of the string) would generate
offset elements which would overlap each other.
The subroutine iccalpel has been modified to prevent overlapping offset
elements. Note that it is still possible
to get overlapping offset elements. This
will occur when the specified offset exceeds the smallest distance between
parallel elements in the string.
2. Modification to the extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version
1.9) when using the Change Features's Course command. The command will now process features which
are within a tolerance of the feature to be modified. Previously, a feature would only be modified
if the feature, which was selected second, was connected to the original
feature. That is, both endpoints of the
feature, which was picked second, had to match a vertex on the original feature. Now the endpoints of the feature, which is
picked second, have to be within a tolerance.
The initial tolerance used is 20% of the second feature's length. The command will scan each vertex in the
original feature for an exact match with an endpoint of the second feature
selected. If an exact match is made that
vertex is used, if an exact match can not be made, the command will use the
vertex which is closest to the endpoint.
Previously, if an exact match was not found, the program would inform the
user that the second feature was disconnected from the first feature and the
first feature would remain unaltered.
Now the endpoints of the second feature just need to be close to the
first feature. This command appears in
the CEDRA-Polygon-Tools2 toolbar for ArcGIS users.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.4,
to provide an option to export the features within the current view extent
without having to select the features.
Previously, the Create DXF File command would process only selected
features in visible layers with the caveat, that if, the layer did not have any
selected features then all features in the layer would be processed. Now a new option has been added to the dialog
box, which is displayed by the Create DXF File command, that carries the label
Export Features displayed in the Current Extent, which when checked denotes
that all features which are visible in the current view extent are to be
processed even though they may not be selected.
If this option is not checked then the command will operate as prior to
this modification.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.4,
when processing multi-part features.
Previously, multi-part features were treated as one single feature,
which had the effect that an extra line would appear from the endpoint of the
previous part to the start point of the next part. Now each part in a multi-part feature is
treated as a single feature, thereby eliminating this extra line.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.4,
for ArcGIS users to handle Annotation Group layers and Group Layers. Regarding Annotation Group layers, when the
Export Selected Graphics (Marker, Pen, Fill and Text) option is checked, in
addtion to checking the Export Features displayed in the Current Extent option,
all visible Annotation Group layers (excluding the <Default> layer) will
be exported regardless of the selection state of the graphic elements within
these Annotation Groups. The name of the
Annotation Group layer will serve as the name of the layer in the DXF
file. Previously, graphic elements would
only be exported if they were selected and the name of the Annotation Group
layer was ignored. Graphic elements in
the <Default> Annotation Group must be selected in order for them to
considered in the DXF export process.
Regarding Group Layers, an error message would be displayed if the map
contained one or more Group Layers. This
no longer will occur.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.4,
when the Export for importing into CEDRA I-series software option is not
checked. The program will now set the
color of the features in a layer to correspond to the default layer color. Previously, each feature in the layer was
assigned a specific color, now, each feature in a layer is assigned the color
256 which denotes that the feature color is to correspond to the color that is
assigned to the layer.
7. Modification to the CEDRA-DXF-Export extension, Version 1.4,
when processing 3D features (features which have a Z assigned to their
geometry) to export the Z value.
Previously, the Z value of the feature was ignored. Now, if the feature's geometry contains Z information
it will appear in the DXF file.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 2.0,
when reading the Theme Attribute Data file.
The program will now check to see if the THEME and CHOICES commands are
properly terminated with the END command.
If these commands are not terminated with the END command, an appropriate
error message is generated. Once the
program has finished reading the entire Theme Attribute Data file, if any
errors were detected, a list message box will be displayed informing the user
as to what errors were detected. The
user can then modify the Theme Attribute Data file, afterwhich, the Reload
Theme Attribute Data File tool can be used to import the modified file. Previously, no error checking was performed.
9. Addition of the Union and Buffer command to the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
This command enables the user to union and/or create buffer polygons for
polyline and polygon features. For point
features, this command enables the user to create circular or rectangular
buffer polygons. When processing
polyline and polygon features, this command will take individual polyline and
polygon features, unioning them, to create a single polyline or polygon
feature. In addition, the user has the
option to assign to the new polyline or polygon feature: (a) the default
attribute values, (b) the attribute values which are common for all of the
selected features, or (c) the attribute values of the first selected
feature. The user also has the option of
either deleting the selected features which were unioned or not. For point features, this command creates
concentric circular or rectangular buffer polygons centered about the selected
feature(s).
10. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| when
handling multi-part features. The
command will now try to determine which part in the multi-part feature was
selected. This is done by finding the
vertex in the feature that is closest to the user's pick. The part in which this vertex resides in will
denote the selected part. If no part can
be found, the command operates as before this modification. If a part is found, the command prompts the
user as to what mode of operation the command is to function under. This is accomplished by displaying a choice
list message box containing 5 options.
Option 1 enables the user to decompose all parts in the feature. That is, new features will be created
representing each part in the multi-part.
Option 2 enables the user to create two new features with one of them
being the selected part and the other representing the original selected
feature, minus the selected part. Option
3 enables the user to create one new feature representing the selected part, as
well as, altering the shape of the original selected feature. Option 4 enables the user to create only one
new feature which represents the selected part.
The original selected feature is left unaltered. Option 5 enables the user to simply delete
the selected part from the original selected feature. No new features are created under this
option, however, the shape of the original selected feature is altered.
11. Modification to the filing subroutines when creating new
shapefiles. These subroutines will now
assign the map spatial reference to the respective shapefiles, provided the map
has a spatial reference assign to it. If
the map does not have a spatial reference assigned to it, the Unknown
Coordinate system will be assigned to the shapefiles. Previously, all shapefiles which were created
by the software were assigned the Unknown Coordinate system.
12. Addition of the Open Theme Table and Switch the Selection Set
tools to the CEDRA-ArcView3-Tools toolbar.
This modification is for ArcGIS users only. The Open Theme Table tool is used to open the
attribute table for the active or selected layers in the map. This tool will
also handle tables in addition to layers.
The Switch the Selection Set tool is used to switch or reverse the
selection set for the active or selected layers in the map. That is to say,
whatever is selected will become deselected and what was unselected will become
selected. If the layer contains no selected features, then all features in the
layer will be made selected, providing a quick way of selecting all features in
a layer. This tool will also handle tables in addition to layers.
13. Addition of the Perform a Topological Operation tool to the
extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version 2.0).
This tool appears as the third tool in the tool drop-down provided by
this extension and can be used to perform various topological operations on
polygon features. The topological
operations include COMBINE, DIFFERENCE, INTERSECTION and UNION. In using this tool, the user first selects
the polygon to be modified, that is, the polygon which is to be reshaped. The user then selects the polygon(s) which
are to be used in the topological operation.
Once these features have been selected, the user is presented with a
choice box containing the above mentioned topological operations. The user is able to select one of these
topological operations or the Cancel button to abort the command. If a topological operation is selected, the
command performs the operation and highlights the new shape in red. The user is then asked if the polygon(s),
which were selected second (those features selected following the selection of
the polygon to be modified), are to be deleted.
If the Yes button is selected, the polygons picked second are
deleted. Regardless if the polygons pick
second are deleted or not, the shape of the polygon initially selected is
altered according to the topological operation that was selected. This command appears in the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools2 toolbar for ArcGIS users.
14. Modification to the ReClassifyTheme subroutine, for ArcGIS
users, to better maintain the existing symbology that is applied to a
layer. Previously, under certain
conditions the classification of a layer would be altered by this
subroutine. Now, a layer's
classification should be maintained when processed by this subroutine.
15. Modification to the Union and Buffer command within the
CEDRA-Polygon-Tools toolbar for ArcGIS users.
This command when processing line features will now handle lines which
have a gap between coincident elements, as well as, lines which overlap each
other. Previously, these conditions were
not accounted for and as such undesirable results were generated.
16. Modification to the {AVcad Tools} [Import Points]
command, for ArcGIS users when using one of the following options Line
Connectivity File, Line Coordinate File - 1, Line Coordinate File
- 2, or Line Coordinate File - 3. These commands have been modified to present
one dialog box for specification of the corresponding fields. Previously, several individual queries were
presented for each corresponding field that needed to be specified. Now, only one dialog box with the appropriate
choice drop-down lists is presented.
17. Addition of the Intersection
4a command |TRIM w/ FILLET| for ArcGIS users.
This new command appears as the fourth tool from the left in the
CEDRA-Intersection-Tools toolbar and as the fourth tool from the left in the
CEDRA Tool Palette under the Intersections label. This new command enables the user to
intersect two features (lines, polylines, curves) providing the ability to: (a)
extend the endpoints of the features to their intersection, (b) create a fillet
tangent to the features, and (c) extend the endpoints and create a fillet. Upon activation of the command, the user
selects the first feature to be processed, after which confirmation of the
selection will be required. The user
then selects the second feature and confirms its selection. Once both features have been identified, a
dialog box will appear from which the user can specify the mode of operation.
18. Addition of the Translate, Rotate, Scale Features option to
the Transformation tool. This option
appears above the Stretch Features option at the bottom of the choice list and
enables the user to translate, rotate and scale the selected features. This option differs from the Transform
Features option in that this option does not take into a baseline
direction. Rather, this option uses the
X and Y axis as its frame of reference and as such, it does not require the
user to employ any of the Pick Baseline options prior to selecting this option.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9p
1. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.9,
for ArcGIS users when using the ADDONE option in conjunction with the DEFAULT
command. The software will now keep
track of the largest value assigned to an attribute using global memory. The first time the ADDONE option is
encountered for a specific attribute, the largest value for the attribute will
be ascertained by parsing through the entire database at which point the
largest value will be placed in global memory.
Thereafter, subsequent references to ADDONE for the same attribute, the
software will use global memory to determine the largest value, rather than,
parsing the entire database. This
modification increases performance greatly, especially when the database is
large.
2. Modification to the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version
1.4), for ArcGIS users when using the Generate Parcel Corners command. The command can now process line features in
addition to polygon features.
Previously, the command would only process polygon features. When line features are processed, point
features will be generated at the endpoints of the lines. No duplicate point features will be
generated. If both line and polygon
features are selected at the time the command is selected, the user will be
prompted to select which feature type is to be processed.
3. Modification to the Avenue Wraps dynamic linked library
(DLL) for handling PC ArcInfo coverages.
This modification enables ArcGIS users to have PC ArcInfo coverages
loaded in their ArcMap document files.
Previously, ArcGIS users could not have a PC ArcInfo coverage loaded in
their ArcMap document file. This no
longer is the case.
4. Modification to the Curve 7 command |CR/2PT/R| when
explicitly entering a radius to allow the user to enter the radius in a units
of measure that is different from the map units. Previously, the command, when processing a
radius, assumed that the radius was in the same units of measure as the map
units. The units of measure is
controlled with the {View} [Properties] menu item via the Map Units and
Distance Units settings.
5. Modification to the
{Annotate} [Point Data] command, for ArcGIS users to allow the user the ability
to annotate or store in the database a point feature's coordinates in the form
of (a) projected coordinates, (b) decimal degrees or (c) latitude and
longitude, in terms of degrees, minutes and seconds and with or without
direction (latitude N-S, longitude E-W).
Four new choice boxes appear at the bottom of the dialog box called:
"Coordinate Values in:", "Update Coordinates in Database:",
"Digits Right of Decimal - Decimal Degrees/Sec.:" and "Include
D.M.S. space separators (Y=yes, N=no):".
The first new choice box enables the user to specify the form of the
coordinates, the second whether the coordinates are to appear as annotation or
if they are to appear in the attribute table of the point theme, while the
third new choice box enables the user to control the number of digits to the
right of the decimal point for decimal degree values and for the seconds
component in a degree, minute and second value.
The last new choice box enables the user to include or exclude a space
(blank character) between the degrees, minutes and seconds components. In storing the coordinates in the database
the command will use the fields, X and Y for projected coordinates, X_LONG and
Y_LAT for decimal degrees and LATITUDE and LONGITUDE for all other coordinate
types. If these fields do not exist in
the attribute table, the command will create them prior to populating the values. The LATITUDE and LONGITUDE fields will be of
string type, while the others will be numeric.
The units in which the projected coordinates are displayed will be in
either map or distance units depending upon the selection in the
"Coordinate Values in:" choice box.
6. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Export Generate] command, for ArcGIS users when processing coordinates to export the coordinates in the units as specified by the Distance Units property for the Data Frame. Previously, all coordinates were exported in terms of the map units. Now the command will adhere to the Distance Units property setting.
7. Modification to the CEDRA-SectorPolygons extension, Version
1.5, to store as attributes in the theme, which will contain the polygons that
are generated, (a) the true calculated area in square feet (sm) and acres (ha),
(b) the true calculated perimeter in feet (m), (c) the ring ID value which the
polygon is associated with and (d) the radius of the ring specified by the
user. The names of these attributes are
AREA_C, AREA_AC_C, PERIM_C, RING, and RADIUS, respecitively. SI users should note that the AREA_AC
attribute will appear as AREA_HA, rather than as AREA_AC. Previously this information was not stored in
the theme. The reason for adding the new
area and perimeter attributes is that the polygons which are created do not
have true curve features as their sides, but rather, they contain polylines
which closely resemble curves. As such,
the default area and perimeter values which are stored in the theme are based
upon polylines resembling circular curves, rather than actual curves. The new area and perimeter attributes reflect
the true calculated area and perimeter taking into the circular curve sides.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9o
1. Modification to the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension,
Version 1.7, to enable the user to select either a polyline or a polygon
feature. Previously, the user could only
select a polyline feature.
2. Modification to the Tangent Curve 2 command |T-ARC/R/A| to
allow the user to enter an arc length in a units of measure that is different
from the map units. Previously, the
command, when processing an arc length, assumed that the arc length was in the
same units of measure as the map units.
The units of measure is controlled with the {View} [Properties] menu
item via the Map Units and Distance Units settings.
3. Modification to the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version
1.3), for ArcGIS users when using the Snap To Points command. The tolerance value that is entered by the
user should now be entered in the view's distance units, not the map
units. Previously, the tolerance had to
be entered in the view's map units, now the tolerance value is always entered
in the view's distance units.
4. Modification to the Relocation 5 command |CUT-OUT|, the
Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| and the Relocation 10 command |D C/EP| for
ArcGIS users only to maintain the OID of the feature being processed. These commands still function as before with
the exception that instead of generating one or two new OIDs, the OID of the
feature being cut-out or broken will be maintained.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.8,
for ArcGIS users to enable the user to assign a default value to an attribute
that is equal to the maximum value in the field plus one (1.0). A new option to the DEFAULT command called
ADDONE has been added that provides this functionality. The syntax of this option in conjunction with
the DEFAULT command would be DEFAULT ADDONE.
Note that this option will work for both numeric and string type fields.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.8,
for ArcGIS users to enable the user to assign a default value to an attribute
that is the current date. A new option
to the DEFAULT command called CURRENT_DATE has been added that provides this
functionality. An example of this option
in conjunction with the DEFAULT command would be DEFAULT CURRENT_DATE. The date string that is generated is of the
form month/day/year, where the month and day values are numeric with no leading
zero and each component is separated with the / character. For example 6/9/2004 would be generated to
represent June 9, 2004. Note that this
option will work for both date and string type fields. If the user wishes to generate a custom date
string the characters m, mm, mmm, mmmm, d, dd, ddd, dddd, yy and yyyy can be
used. For example the user could enter
DEFAULT CURRENT_DATE_mm/dd/yyyy to generate a date string 06/09/2004. As can be seen the m characters represent the
month component, the d characters denote the day component and the yy and yyyy
strings represent the year in short (04) and long form (2004). The m and d characters denote the following:
m month in numerical form
with no leading zero
mm month in numerical form with
a leading zero, if need be
mmm month in abbreviated text form
(i.e. Sep for September)
mmmm month in full text form (i.e.
September, October, etc.)
d day in numerical form with
no leading zero
dd day in numerical form with a
leading zero, if need be
ddd day in abbreviated text form
(i.e. Wed for Wednesday)
dddd day in full text form (i.e.
Monday, Tuesday, etc.)
Should
the user wish to introduce a space in the date string, the underscore character
(_) should be used to represent the space.
Spaces can not be entered directly.
For example DEFAULT CURRENT_DATE_d_mmmm_yyyy would create the date
string 9 June 2004.
7. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.8,
for ArcGIS users to enable the user to control the number of attributes that
are displayed in the dialog box, generated by this extension. A new command called NLINES has been added
which enables the user to specify a value between 1 and 20. An example of the use of this command would
be NLINES 12 which indicates that the maximum number of attributes that will be
displayed in a dialog box would be twelve.
At least one blank character (space) must separate the number of
attributes value from the NLINES command.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.8,
for ArcGIS users to enable the user to assign a default value to an attribute
that is the X or Y coordinate of the feature's start, mid or end point. Thirty-two new options have been added to the
DEFAULT command. A description of these
options appears in the THEMES.TXT file located in the AVPRJS folder within the
CEDRA distribution directory.
9. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.8,
for ArcGIS users to enable the user to control the number of digits to the
right of the decimal point that appears in the seconds component of a latitude
or longitude value. A new command called
SECONDS has been added which enables the user to specify a value between 0 and
9. An example of the use of this command
would be SECONDS 3 which indicates that the number of digits in the seconds
component would be three. At least one
blank character (space) must separate the value from the SECONDS command.
10. Modification to the Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT| to be able
to insert a vertex on a two-point line.
Previously, a vertex could only be inserted on polyline and polygon
features. Now, when a two-point line is
processed, if the pick which is made to select the line is close to the
mid-point of the line a vertex will be inserted at the mid-point of the
line. The tolerance for being close to
the mid-point of the line is 15% of the line length. If the pick is not close to the mid-point of
the line, the command will function as before prompting the user to select the
new location of the endpoint which is closest to the pick.
11. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.8,
for ArcGIS users when using the TAB key.
Now, when the TAB key is used the software will highlight the text in
the data field which has focus.
Previously, the software would simply place the cursor at the beginning
or end of the text in the data field.
12. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.8, for
ArcGIS users when processing a feature in a layer which is classified to
refresh the display of the layer.
Previously, this was not done which had the effect that if the feature
which was processed was modified in such a way that the classification was
effected, the display was not updated to reflect the new classification. Now the software will refresh the display so
that the classification is properly reflected.
13. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Export Generate] command, for ArcGIS users to enable users to export data in terms of latitudes and longitudes. Four choices have been added to the drop-down list and appear as (a) Vertex Coordinate File - Longitude,Latitude, (b) Vertex Coordinate File - Latitude,Longitude, (c) ID,Longitude,Latitude File and (d) ID,Latitude,Longitude File. In order for these options to work, a projection, other than the Unknown projection, must be applied to the data frame. If not, the coordinates exported will be terms of the data frame coordinate system and not in terms of latitudes and longitudes.
14. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import Points] command when processing a file with one of the Polygon File Formats. Previously, there was a restriction that each data line, below the initial data line describing a polygon, had to have at least five characters. This restriction has now been removed.
15. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| in the
display of the initial or default baseline direction. The seconds component value is now displayed
to five digits to the right of the decimal point. Previously, it was displayed to only one
digit. This modification improves the
calculations in maintaining the true direction of the baseline when the
baseline is a "picked" line or when the baseline is defined by two
picks. If the baseline is explicitly
entered, this modification will have no effect.
16. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| in the
display of the initial or default baseline direction. The seconds component value is now displayed
to five digits to the right of the decimal point. Previously, it was displayed to only one
digit. This modification improves the
calculations in maintaining the true direction of the baseline when the
baseline is a "picked" line or when the baseline is defined by two
picks. If the baseline is explicitly
entered, this modification will have no effect.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9n
1. Modification to the icatan and icasinan scripts for improved
precision in computing arc tangent and arc sine values.
2. Modification to the Dformat script for ArcView 3.3
compatibility. This script is used to
convert numbers into formatted strings.
3. Modification to the Curve 7 command |CR/2PT/R| to offer the
user the option of creating an arc or a circle.
Previously, this command would only create circles. Now, when the Distance property is set to
Direct Entry, the user has the option of entering the character a to denote
create an arc, or the character c to denote that a circle is to be
created. This option will appear in a
multi-input message box below the data field requesting the radius of the
curve. If the Distance property is set
to anything other than Direct Entry, the program will operate as before and the
user will be able to create only circles.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 2.2, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| when selecting the Cancel button. Previously, when the Cancel button was
selected the command would immediately abort.
Now, if more than one course has been defined, the command will query
the user as to if the command is to be truly aborted. A response of NO will result in the course
data entry dialog box being redisplayed, at which point, the user can continue
with the data entry.
5. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| when using
the Point and Auto-Search option. The
changing of the view when a feature falls outside of the current display has
been changed for better visibility of the selected feature.
6. Modification to the Offset 1 command |PARL LN|, Offset 2
command |PARL CV|, Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| and Offset 4 command |PAR ELE/PT|
to remember the last offset value that was specified. In addition, the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE|
will also remember the line type and buffer offset values.
7. Modification to the Intersection 7 command |I 2L/OF/1| to
handle multiple definitions of line 2's for intersection with line 1. Previously, the command would only handle one
intersection, that of line 1 with line 2.
At which point the command would have to be reselected to perform
another intersection. Now the command is
able to intersect line 1 with multiple definitions of line 2. So that once line 2 has been defined and the
intersection with line 1 computed, the user is able to define another line 2
for intersection with line 1. This
process continues until another command is selected or this command is
reselected.
8. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 2.3, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| when creating parcels. Six new attributes have been added to the
ParcelData shapefile, which describe the closure of the parcel. The new attributes are called CLOSED,
CLOSE_DIST, CLOSE_DX, CLOSE_DY, CLOSE_AZ and CLOSE_BEAR. If a parcel that is created closes to its
beginning (the beginning and ending points of the parcel are the same) the
value for the CLOSED attribute will be YES, if it does not, the value will be
NO. The remaining five attributes
describe the distance and direction from the parcel's beginning and ending
points.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9m
1. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 2.0, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| when adjusting a closed or open traverse
to perform the adjustment in a temporary directory and then copy the resultant
adjustment files into the directory, as specified when the output file name is entered. The temporary directory will be either
c:\windows\temp, c:\winnt\temp, c:\temp, $temp, or the current working
directory whichever is found first.
$temp denotes the Windows TEMP environment variable. Previously, the analysis was performed in the
current working directory and as such each component of the directory structure
had to be 8 characters or less in length.
Note that the output filename, which is specified, must still be 8
characters or less in length.
2. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 2.1, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| to store the area of a polygon in terms
of acres (hectares). A new field called
SQR_ARA will appear in the polygon shapefile.
This is a numeric field 18 characters in width with 4 characters to the
right of the decimal point. Based upon
the setting of the data storage units property, the area will be stored in
either acres (US) or hectares (SI).
3. Modification to the GetGraphicTag script for increased speed
in determining which point feature is associated with a graphic text
element. This modification effect the
Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT| and the Transformation tool when processing
graphic text elements.
4. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| in the
display of the direction of the blue arrow when a curve element is
selected. Previously, the direction
would reflect the radial direction. Now,
the direction of the blue arrow will reflect the tangential direction of the
curve.
5. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| in the
display of the direction of the blue arrow when a curve element is
selected. Previously, the direction
would reflect the radial direction. Now,
the direction of the blue arrow will reflect the tangential direction of the
curve.
6. Addition of the Relocation 7 command |MOV PT/PRJ/LN| to
handle the relocation of point and two point line features to their projection
upon another line or curve feature. New
features are not created by this command, but rather, existing features are
relocated to their projection upon a user-selected line or curve feature. Polyline features are not processed by this
command. Once activated, the user
selects the line or curve feature upon which user-selected point and two point
line features will be projected onto.
Following this, the user is able to make a single pick or define a
rectangle to identify the feature(s) to be processed. In the case of two point lines the endpoint
closest to the initially selected line or curve feature controls the
relocation.
7. Modification to the Transformation tool when processing
graphic text elements. The tool has been
modified for increased speed in determining which point feature a graphic text
element is attached to, if any. In
conjunction with this modification, the user needs to create an index on the
PNTN field (attribute) for all point themes which contain CEDRA text
elements. Typically these types of
themes will carry the tx.shp extension.
Normal ArcView functionality can be used to create the index. Note the index must be created in order to
realize the improvement in performance.
If not, only a slight performance improvement will be recognized.
8. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| in the
display of the direction of the blue arrow when a polyline element is
selected. Previously, the direction
would reflect the polyline's start to end point direction. Now, the direction of the blue arrow will
reflect the direction of the first or last course of the polyline, depending
upon, which end point of the polyline is closest to the pick that was made to
select the polyline.
9. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| in the
display of the direction of the blue arrow when a polyline element is
selected. Previously, the direction
would reflect the polyline's start to end point direction. Now, the direction of the blue arrow will
reflect the direction of the first or last course of the polyline, depending
upon, which end point of the polyline is closest to the pick that was made to
select the polyline.
10. Addition of the extension, CEDRA-PolyTools (Version 1.1). This new extension delivers one menu item
call PolyTools, which is comprised of two sub menu items called Generate Parcel
Corners and Snap to Points. Generate
Parcel Corners will create point elements at the keypoints of selected
polygons. Keypoints are defined as the
endpoints of the line and curve segments which comprise a polygon. That is to say, the command examines a
polygon and determines which segments in the polygon form a line and which form
a curve, afterwards, the command creates point features at the respective
endpoints. No duplicate points will be
created by this command. Snap to Points
moves vertices of a polygon to the location of a point feature if a polygon
vertex is within a user-specified distance.
The user selects which points are to be processed, afterwhich, the
command determines which polygons are close to the selected points. The command then determines which vertices of
the polygons are within the user-specified tolerance. If a vertex is within the tolerance, the
vertex is relocated and the shape of the polygon updated.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9l
1. Modification to the Relocation 7 command |MOV LNPT| to
handle the relocation of curve endpoints.
Previously, if a curve element was encountered the command would simply
relocate the appropriate point in the polyline, that represented the
curve. Now the command regenerates the
curve based upon the new location specified by the user. As such, the radius of the curve is
recomputed and all of the curve properties (arc length, chord length, central
angle, etc.) change accordingly.
2. Modification to the extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version
1.7). A new command has been added that
enables the user to modify a course or side of a polyline or polygon. The Change Feature Side command appears below
the Change Feature's Shape tool. The two
tools appear in the form of a tool menu.
The Change Feature Side command first prompts the user to select the
polyline or polygon feature that is to be modified. The user is then asked to select the feature
that which a side or course of the initial feature that was selected is to
resemble. The feature that is selected
second must be attached to the initial feature.
That is, the end points of the second feature must touch or share two
vertex coordinates of the initial feature.
The command determines which vertex points are in common and substitutes
the points comprising the second feature for the points between the shared
vertices of the initial feature. Using
this command, the user is able to change a side in a polygon from a straight
line into a curve, and vice versa.
3. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| when using the
Point and Auto-Search option. The Yes/No
message box displayed to the okay to pursue this path query has been
changed to a Yes/No/Cancel message box.
If the Cancel button is selected, the command terminates displaying the
possible paths and immediately asks for confirmation of the string.
4. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| when using
the Point and Auto-Search option. The
command will now query the user if the direction of the seed element is to be
reversed if confirmation of the string is not made. In so doing it is possible for the user to
have the program search for connecting elements in a direction opposite of the
seed element's direction. Previously,
the user had to reverse the direction of the seed element.
5. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.6,
to handle strings when using the ATTRIBUTE_EQUATION command. Previously, the ATTRIBUTE_EQUATION command
would only handle numeric expressions.
That is, the result of the equation had to yield a numeric value. The ATTRIBUTE_EQUATION command can now be
used to develop a string. In this mode
the plus sign (+) operator can be used to concatenate individual strings to
form an overall string. In addition, a
new function called STRING has been added.
The STRING function can be used in conjunction with the
ATTRIBUTE_EQUATION command to inform the extension that a field should be
treated as a string and not a numeric.
Since it is possible to store numbers in string (character) fields, the
STRING function allows the user to specify that a field contains string values
and not numeric values. If the STRING
function is not used, the values for a field will be treated as numbers. Furthermore, if the user wishes to explictly
enter a hard-coded string, the user should enclose the string in double-quotes
("). In example number 2 below, the
fields (attributes) PIN1, PIN2 and PIN3 are separated by a single dash. There is no limit to the number of characters
that can appear between the double quotes.
The following illustrates the correct syntax for sample equations that develop strings. Note that PIN1, PIN2 and PIN3 represent sample attributes (fields).
1. STRING(PIN1)+STRING(PIN2)
2. STRING(PIN1)+"-"+STRING(PIN2)+"-"+STRING(PIN3)
3. "My String = "+STRING(PIN1)+"000"+STRING(PIN2)+"-"+STRING(PIN3)+"00"
6. Modification to the Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT| to
handle the insertion of new vertices on multi-part features (polylines and
polygons). Previously, the command would
not properly insert a new vertex in a multi-part feature.
7. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.6,
to allow the user to use the wildcard character (*) when specifying the theme
name in the Theme Attribute Data File.
Previously, the theme name had to be defined explicitly. That is, the theme name had to be identical
to how it appeared in the Table of Contents.
Now the user is able to use the wildcard character (*) so that multiple
themes, which share common attributes and a common naming convention, can be
specified with a single configuration.
For example, a view could contain three themes called ThemeA.shp,
ThemeB.shp and ThemeC.shp. The user, in
this situation, could identify all three themes by entering Theme*.shp below
the THEME command in the Theme Attribute Data File. Likewise, if the themes shared a common
prefix the user could enter Theme*, which would indicate that all themes
beginning with the string Theme would be applied the configuration that
appeared in the Theme Attribute Data File.
8. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Convert Graphic Text]
command to properly compute the text angle and store the angle in terms of
degrees. Previously, the command would
convert the text angle from radians into degrees when the text angle was
already in degrees.
9. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Convert Graphic Text]
command in terms of performance when processing large number of graphic text
elements. The command should now execute
much faster when dealing with a large number of graphic text elements. The script icfilstx has been modified to not
issue the .GetNumRecords request when the attribute table is in edit mode. This allows the command to run faster.
10. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 1.9, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| when adjusting a closed or open traverse
on a Windows XP system. Previously, the
adjustment would take much longer than it should have. Now, the adjustment operates as quickly as it
should, regardless of the type of Windows system in use.
11. Modification to the icfilspg script to store the area of a
polygon in terms of acres (hectares). A
new field called SQR_ARA will appear in the polygon primitive shapefile. This is a numeric field 18 characters in
width with 4 characters to the right of the decimal point. Based upon the setting of the data storage
units property, the area will be stored in either acres (US) or hectares (SI).
12. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.7,
to check if a field can be editted prior to writing to the field. Previously, the extension would write to a
field without performing this check, which would result in an attempt to edit
read-only field error message. Now the
extension, first checks, if the field can be modified prior to writing any
information to a field.
13. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import Points] command when processing a line shapefile in order to create point features at the endpoints of the lines in the shapefile. The command will now ignore line features that have a zero length value. Previously, invalid line features (lines that had no length or distance) would cause the command to "hang".
14. Modification to the Tangent Curve 2 command |T-ARC/R/A| to
allow the user the ability to create a tangent curve by entering an arc length
or a radius in addition to a central angle.
Previously, this command would only create a tangent curve when a radius
and central angle were specified. Now
the user has the option of entering (a) a radius and a central angle, or (b) an
arc length and a central angle.
15. Modification to the Tangent Curve 4 command |T-ARC/R/CDL| to
allow the user the ability to specify a non-tangent curve by specifying a chord
or radial direction and any two of the following (a) radius, (b) chord length,
(c) arc length, or (d) central angle. A
radial direction is defined as proceeding from the curve start point to its
center. In addition, the user is able to
generate short or long curves. Consult
the [AVland online Help] for more information.
16. Addition of a new property to the ASCII file, CONFIG.TXT,
located in the CEDRA distribution directory, which enables the user to apply an
angle adjustment to any angle that is explicitly entered by the user. This property can be set to 0 or 1. A value of 0 denotes no angle adjustment is
to be performed. This is the default
setting. A value of 1 denotes that the
South Dakota Type 1 equation is to be applied.
Consult the [AVcad online Help] for more information.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9k
1. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import Points]
command to enable the user to create two-point line features based upon vertex
coordinates. A new option called Line
Coordinate File - 3 has been added to the File Type pull-down list that is
presented by the command. The Line Coordinate File - 3
option, enables the user to process a file that contains a sequential list of
point coordinates, which are to be connected in series. This option creates lines using coordinate
pairs. That
is, once the option has two points it creates a line. For example, the points contained on data
lines 1 and 2 form the first line. The
points contained on data lines 2 and 3 form the second line, while the points
contained on data lines 3 and 4 form the third line and so forth. As can be seen, the end point of the previous
line acts as the start point of the subsequent line. In addition, if the user wishes to copy the
attributes of the points into the line theme that is created, the command will
store the attributes of both points that define the line. The two character extension _S is added to
the field name to indicate that the information in this field pertains to the
first or start point that defines the line.
2. Modification to the Transformation tool when using the
option Set Graphic Text Angle (Explicit), this option will now display
the text angle of the selected graphic text element, according to the setting
of the direction property, as the default value in the appropriate data
field. For example, if the direction
property is set to bearings, the default value that will appear in the bearing
data field will be the current text angle of the selected graphic text
element. Should the user wish to enter a
text angle in a form other than that as specified by the direction property,
the user can simply enter the desired value in the appropriate data field and
enter a blank in the other data field.
3. Modification to the Transformation tool when using the
option Set Graphic Text Angle (Explicit), this option will now process
more than one selected graphic text element.
Previously, this option only processed a single selected graphic text
element. This option will now process
all of the selected graphic text elements.
This default text angle that is displayed is the text angle for the
first selected graphic text element that is found.
4. Modification to the Transformation tool when using the
option Set Graphic Text Angle (2 Pts), this option will now treat
baseline angles that are between 270 and 274 degrees as if they were between 90
and 94 degrees. In so doing, the graphic
text elements will be pointing upward and not downward.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9j
1. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.5,
to display the BACK button immediately below the CANCEL button, when multiple
pages are displayed. The BACK button
enables the user to return to the previous page that was displayed. Previously, there was no way for the user to
back up or return to a page that was previously displayed. Now the user can use the OK button to advance
one page and the BACK button to return to the previous page. Note that the BACK button will not appear on
the first page of a multi-page set.
2. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.5, to support the ATTRIBUTE_EQUATION command. This new command enables the user to have the value for an attribute calculated by evaluating a user-defined equation, as opposed to direct user entry. Immediately below the ATTRIBUTE_EQUATION the user enters on a single line the desired equation. Equations are solved proceeding left to right resolving expressions within parentheses first. When parentheses are nested they are resolved inside to outside. That is, the inner most set of parentheses are solved first, then the next inner most and so forth. When there are more then one nests of parentheses, each nest is resolved inside to outside and from left to right. The user is able to use parentheses to ensure that the desired sequence of calculations is performed
The supported Mathematical operators include:
1. ^ = Exponentiation,
2. / = Division,
3. * = Multiplication,
4. + = Addition,
5. - = Subtraction.
The supported Boolean operators include:
1. = = Equality,
2. < = Less than,
3. > = Greater than,
4. <= = Less than or equal to,
5. >= = Greater than or equal to,
6. <> = Not equal to.
The supported Functions include:
1. ABS = absolute value of a number,
2. ACOS = arc cosine of a number expressed in radians,
3. ASIN = arc sine of a number expressed in radian,
4. ATAN = arc tangent of a number expressed in radians,
5. COS = cosine of a number expressed in decimal degrees,
6. DEG2RAD = conversion of degrees to radians,
7. RAD2DEG = conversion of radians to degrees,
8. ROUND = rounding up of a number to the nearest whole number,
9. SIN = sine of a number expressed in decimal degrees,
10. SQRT = square root of a number greater than zero,
11. TAN = tangent of a number expressed in decimal degrees,
12. TRUNCATE = truncation of a number.
The user is also able to employ the IF( conditional to add decision making functionality into the equation evaluation process. When using the IF( conditional, the user specifies an expression, a true condition and a false condition. As such, the command evaluates the expression so that either a true or a false condition exists. The true or false condition that the user specifies is then applied.
The following illustrates the correct syntax for sample equations. Note that J2, K2, P2, R2, Q2, M2, L2, S2 and N2 represent sample attributes (fields).
1. J2-K2
2. 29.8*P2*R2*Q2^2*SQRT(M2)
3. ((J2-20)/L2)^0.54*N2
4. S2*N2
5. IF(Q2=2.5,0.9,IF(Q2=4.5,0.78,IF(Q2=1.9,0.97,IF(Q2=2.5,(Q2^-0.092*1.0808),4.0))))
6. DEG2RAD(ACOS(0.5))
7. ASIN(0.75)
8. ATAN(0.35)
9. SIN(30)
10. COS(60)
11. TAN(45)
12. ROUND(4.75)
13. TRUNCATE(4.75)
It is noted that in the sample equations above there are no leading, trailing or embedded blank spaces. However, such blank spaces may be introduced if deemed necessary for the sake of clarity. If so, they will be disregarded by the program.
3. Modification to the Tangent Curve 4 command |T-ARC/R/CDL| to
allow the user the ability to specify the non-tangent curve's arc length or
central angle, in addition to the chord length.
Previously, the user could create a non-tangent curve only by specifying
the radius, chord direction and chord length.
Now, the user has the option of specifying the chord length, arc length
or central angle in addition to the radius and chord direction. Two new data lines appear in the multi-input
dialog box that is displayed by the command.
These data lines provide for the entry of the non-tangent curve's arc
length or central angle. Note that the
user need only specify the chord length, arc length or central angle. That is to say, only one of these three
parameters needs to be entered.
Depending upon what information is available, the user can enter the
appropriate value.
4. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 1.8, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| when using the options Pick POB &
Transcribe Deed or Pick POC & Transcribe Deed. Two new options, F and G, have been
incorporated into the parcel course data entry dialog box. These options enable the user to define
non-tangent curves specifying chord direction, radius and arc length (F), or
chord direction, radius and central angle (G).
Previously, the user could only define a non-tangent curve by specifying
the chord direction, radius and chord length (B). Now the user has three available options to
define a non-tangent curve.
5. Modification to the Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT| to
handle the relocation of graphic text elements.
Previously, this command would only handle features that were stored in
shapefiles. Now the command enables the
user to relocate a graphic text element.
If the graphic text element is associated with a feature in a shapefile,
the database will be updated to reflect the new position of the graphic text
element. In addition, the graphic text
element's properties will be updated.
That is, the font properties (font name and style), text orientation and
the text of the graphic text element will be updated in the shapefile. Note, if native ArcView functionality is used
to move or modify a graphic text, this command should be used to update the
database if the graphic text element is associated with a feature in a
shapefile. In this case the user can
simply select the graphic text element and pick the same point that was used to
select the graphic text element. In so
doing the graphic text element will not be moved but the database behind the graphic
text element will be updated.
6. Modification to the Relocation 2 command |MOV CVPT| to
handle curves whose central angle exceeds 180 degrees. Previously, the command would not properly
handle the relocation of curve keynodes when the central angle of the curve
exceeded 180 degrees.
7. Modification to the Relocation 3 command |EXT/ELE/PT| when
displaying the direction arrow for polyline and curve features. Previously, the direction arrow would reflect
the chord direction.
8. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Convert Graphic Text]
command to store the font name and style (italic/bold) in the database. Previously, this was not stored. Now when a graphic text element or a group of
graphic text elements are converted the font name and style properties will be
stored in the database (shapefile). So
that if the {Text Properties} [Generate Text from Table] command is used to
recreate the graphic text element, the graphic text element that is created
will properly reflect the original graphic text element.
9. Modification to the Transformation tool. Three new options have been added to the
pull-down list that is presented by the command. The new options include Set Graphic Text
Angle (2 Pts), Set Graphic Text Angle (Pick Line) and Set Graphic
Text Angle (Explicit). These new
options provide the user the ability to set the angle of inclination for a
graphic text element. In addition, these
options will update the database if the graphic text element is associated with
a feature in a shapefile. Note that the
options Set Graphic Text Angle (2 Pts) and Set Graphic Text Angle
(Pick Line) will offset the graphic text element from the implied two point
or picked line using the value for the annotation offset parameter under
the [Change Text Properties] command.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9i
1. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.4,
in which the DEFAULT command has been modified to support the keycodes
RETURN_LENGTH, RETURN_AREA and RETURN_AREA_UNITS. These commands will use as the default value
for an attribute: (a) the length or perimeter of a feature (RETURN_LENGTH), (b)
the area of a feature in square feet or square meters (RETURN_AREA) or (c) the
area of a feature in acres or hectares (RETURN_AREA_UNITS). To use these keycodes, the user simply enters
the appropriate keycode after the DEFAULT command with at least one space
separating the two items. As an example,
the user could enter DEFAULT RETURN_AREA
to have the DataEditor extension compute and display the area of a feature, in
square feet or square meters, as the default value for an attribute.
2. Addition of the CEDRA-UndoEdits extension, Version 1.1,
which when used with the CEDRA-DataEditor extension enables the user to utilize
the CEDRA-DataEditor extension without loading the AVland extension. In so doing, the CEDRA-DataEditor can operate
in a stand-alone environment.
3. Modification to the Echo 3 command |ECHO ANGLE| to display
the arc lengths that are associated with the interior and exterior angles. The arc lengths are computed using the
distance between the first two picks made by the user. These picks represent the start point of the
arc and the center of the arc, respectively.
The arc lengths will appear in the status bar following the display of
the angle and are prefixed with the label ARC=.
4. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| to
handle arcs whose central angles exceed 180 degrees. Previously, this command would not properly
break a curve when the central angle of the curve was greater than 180 degrees.
5. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Update Classifications]
command to not only check the label that is assigned to a class but also the
range of a class in order to maintain the symbology and labels used in a
classification. Previously, only the
label was checked which would not handle the case of a theme being classified on a field of
numeric type and with labels that are strings.
This modification provides a stronger methodology of ensuring that the
same symbols and labels that appear in a legend are maintained when the theme
is reclassified. This command is very
useful when the user adds or deletes features in a theme that has a customzied
legend. In this case, the legend in the
Table of Contents is not updated by ArcView to reflect the addition or deletion
of the feature. The [Update
Classifications] command, however, can be used to refresh or update the legend
to properly reflect the addition or deletion of the feature.
6. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Generate Text from
Table] command for increased performance in terms of speed. That is to say, the command will now create
text primitives significantly faster.
The command will also display the time at which processing began and
terminated in the status bar area. In so
doing, the user is able to determine how long it took to generate the text
primitives.
7. Modification to the icfilstx script to store the name of the
font in addition to the other pertinent text primitive attributes (such as
height, width, etc.). A new field called
NAME will appear in the text primitive shapefile. This is a string or character type field with
a maximum width of 80 characters. The
Text Panel within the Symbol Window can be used to define the current active
font.
8. Modification to the icfilstx script to store the font type
style of the text primitive being created.
The font type style pertains to whether the font is normal or italic and
whether it is bold or normal. The ITAL
field contains a numeric value denoting if the font is normal (ITAL = 1) or
italic (ITAL = 2). The MODE field,
likewise, contains a numeric value denoting if the font is normal (MODE = 1) or
bold (MODE = 3).
9. Modification to the icfilstx script to store the color of
the text primitive being created. A
numeric value corresponding to the color index value is stored under the COLR
field. Color index values begin at zero
and are incremented sequentially by one.
The color index value can be determined by reviewing the Color Panel
within the Symbol Window. In the Color
Panel there will be several rows and columns of different colors. Color Index 0 represents column one of row
one. Proceeding left to right on a row
by row basis, the color index values increment by one. So that, the color index value of the sixth
column of row one is 5 (typically the color black). Likewise, the color index value of the first
column of row two is 6.
10. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Generate Text from
Table] command to use the current active font, as defined in Text Panel within
the Symbol Window, when creating text primitives. The exception to this is when the table that
is being processed contains a font name.
The font name is stored under the NAME field. If this field exists, the font appearing in
this field will be used and not the current active font.
11. Modification to the Relocation 3 command |EXT/ELE/PT| to
display an arrow denoting the direction in which the endpoint will be moved if
a positive value is specified.
12. Modification to the Transformation tool. Two new options have been added to the
pull-down list that is presented by the command. The new options include Move Selected
Features (dx,dy) and Move Selected Features (dir,dist). These new options provide the user the
ability to move a feature or a group of selected features either (a) along the
x and y axes a user-specified amount, or (b) along a direction a user-specified
distance.
13. Modification
to the {AVland Tools} [Resize Windows] command to provide the user the ability
to save a view by specifying an alphanumeric identifier, as well as, return to
a view by specifying the view's alphanumeric identifier. In so doing, the user is able to name
specific views and then return to them by specifying their name. A table called UserViews is created by the
command and it will contain all of the views that the user has saved.
14. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 1.7, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| when using the options Pick POB &
Transcribe Deed or Pick POC & Transcribe Deed. A new parameter called Zoom Scale factor has
been added to the course dialog box.
This parameter allows the user to zoom in or out of the current view. A value greater than 1 will zoom in, while a
value greater than 0 and less than 1 will zoom out.
15. Modification
to the {AVland Tools} [Zoom Scale Factor] command to remain active until the
user selects the Cancel button. In so
doing, the user is able to alter the display of the view without having to
reselect the command.
16. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension, Version 1.7, the
Define Parcels command |DEFINE PARCEL| is now able to adjust open
traverses. Previously, only closed
traverses could be adjusted. Now the
user is able to perform an adjustment on an open traverse (a string of features
that do not form a closed figure).
17. Modification to the Point 4 command |PLUS/OF|, Point 12
command |PLUS/OF|, Point 13 command |P PT/LN|, and Point 14 command |P&O
CUV| to provide the user the ability to specify a starting station value. When a starting station value has been
specified, the plus value that is used in computing the point is the difference
between the plus value entered by the user and the starting station value. For example, if the starting station value is
1000 and the plus value entered by the user is 1400, the command would use 400
in computing the coordinates of the point.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9h
1. Modification to the {Annotate} [Text or Attribute] command
to enable the user to create annotation or text for multiple fields in a single
operation. A new option called Attribute(s)
from the Table has been added to the choice message box that is displayed
by the command. When creating text for certain fields in a database, the user
should first select the feature or features that are to be processed. Once selected, the [Text or Attribute]
command can be activated followed by selecting the Attribute(s) from the
Table option. The user will then be asked to identify the field or fields
that are to be used in the generation of text.
Upon completion of the field identification, a dialog box will be
displayed. On a row by row basis, the field or fields selected by the user will
be listed. The default order of the fields will correspond to their order in
the database. The user, at this point, can control the order of the text by
selecting the appropriate field from the Attribute pull-down list. The order in
which the fields are listed in the dialog box will reflect the order in which
the text is listed on the map. For each
field in which text is to be created, the user is able to control the font,
font style and font size that is used in creating the text. Any true-type font
installed on the computer is available to the user for selection. In addition,
the user is able to specify a prefix and/or suffix to the text. Once created, the user has the ability to
reposition the text to eliminate any overlap or interferences, if any, using
any of the available relocation tools.
The [Text or Attribute] command will process Point, Line and Polygon
features and always lists the text in a vertical fashion. Users involved with
surveying or engineering applications will find this command an ideal tool for
labeling curve data, while those involved with marketing or business
applications will find this command extremely helpful in transferring database
information onto a map.
2. Modification to the format of the strings stored under the
AZIMUTH and BEARING attributes for line and curve primitives. Previously, the directions stored under these
two fields would contain the degrees, minutes and seconds values separated by a
single space or blank character. Now the
degree, minute and second symbols separate the components of the direction.
3. Modification to the CEDRA-DataEditor extension, Version 1.3,
in which (a) the width of the dialog box has been increased, (b) the DataEditor
tool has been converted into a tool menu and (c) the addition of the
REMEMBER_LAST command. The
CEDRA-DataEditor extension now consists of a tool menu that is comprised of 3
individual tools. The first is the
DataEditor tool, previously available, which allows the user to edit specific
attributes that are associated with a feature. The two new tools that have been added enable
the user to (a) reload the Theme Attribute Data File from within ArcView and
(b) delete selected features that exist within the user-defined themes. Should the features that are to be deleted
have associated tables related to them, the corresponding records in the
associated tables will also be deleted.
The new command REMEMBER_LAST allows the user to use the last value that
was assigned to an attribute as the default value for an attribute, provided
that the current value for the attribute is blank, for a character type field,
or 0, for a numeric type field.
4. Addition of a new size option to the {AVland Tools} [Resize
Application] menu item. This new option
appears at the top of the list of predefined sizes and enables the user to see
the task bar concurrently with the ArcView application.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9g
1. Addition of the CEDRA-DataEditor extension which enables the
user to interactively edit the attributes associated with a feature. When loaded, the CEDRA-DataEditor extension
adds one tool to the View document toolbar, which is referred to as the Edit
Feature Attributes tool. This tool
enables the user to select a feature (point, line, curve or polygon) and edit
the attributes that are associated with the feature. A multi-input dialog box is displayed
containing the feature's attributes. The
user can control which attributes are displayed and their order by modifying
the file themes.txt which is located in the CEDRA distribution directory,
for PC based users typically \cedra\avprjs.
The file themes.txt contains a list of themes and the attributes within
the theme which are available to the user for editting with the Edit Feature
Attributes tool. If a feature is
selected that belongs to a theme, which does not appear in the themes.txt file,
the user has the option of copying the feature into a theme, of the same
feature type, that does appear in the themes.txt file. When loaded, the CEDRA-DataEditor extension
searches the current working directory for the themes.txt file. If this file does not exist in the current
working directory, the CEDRA distribution directory is searched. In so doing, the user is able to create
different themes.txt files for different projects, which the user is involved
with, by storing in different directories the various themes.txt files. If the themes.txt file does not exist in the
CEDRA distribution directory, an error message will be displayed and the user
will not be able to use the Edit Feature Attributes tool. If the themes.txt file is modified while the
extension is loaded, the user will need to exit ArcView and reload the project
file in order for the modifications to the themes.txt file to be available to
the user. That is to say, the themes.txt
file is read only once, and it is when the extension is initially loaded. It is recommended that the user copy the
themes.txt file from the CEDRA distribution directory into a working directory
and modify the file as desired. Any word
processor or text editor can be used to modify the themes.txt file. Instructions on how the file should be
structured are included in the file.
Consult the [AVland online Help] for more information.
2. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| when
using the R option to compute the coordinates of the point so as to coincide
with the direction of the blue arrow.
Previously, the point that was created was based upon a direction that
was opposite (180 degrees out of phase) of that shown by the blue direction arrow. This situation only occurred when the user
selected a line or curve feature, with the pick that was made to select the
feature being closer to the feature's start point. If the pick that was made to select the
feature was closer to the endpoint of the feature, the point that would be
generated would coincide with the direction of the blue arrow.
3. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| when
using the R option to compute the coordinates of the line endpoint so as to
coincide with the direction of the blue arrow.
Previously, the line endpoint coordinates that were computed were based
upon a direction that was opposite (180 degrees out of phase) of that shown by
the blue direction arrow. This situation
only occurred when the user selected a line or curve feature, with the pick
that was made to select the feature being closer to the feature's start
point. If the pick that was made to
select the feature was closer to the endpoint of the feature, the line endpoint
coordinates that were computed would coincide with the direction of the blue
arrow.
4. Modification to the extension to allow the user to enter a
Bearing direction even though the user is prompted for an Azimuth or Cartesian
direction. Whenever, the user is
prompted for an Azimuth or Cartesian direction, and the user wishes to enter
the direction as a Bearing, the user can do so provided the quadrant identifier
is in character form, not numeric. For
example, the user could enter a Bearing of NW 20 45 50.1, or N 20 45 50.1
W. The normal rules for entering
Bearings using the characters, NE, SE, SW, NW, N, S, E or W to identify the
quadrant apply. This modification
enables the user to enter a direction in a form different than the setting of the
direction property, without having to change the direction property.
5. Modification to the extension to allow the user to enter an
Azimuth or Cartesian direction even though the user is prompted for a Bearing
direction. Whenever, the user is
prompted for a Bearing direction, and the user wishes to enter the direction as
an Azimuth or Cartesian, the user can do so by entering the desired direction
preceded by the keycode A or C, denoting an Azimuth or Cartesian
direction. For example, the user could enter
a Cartesian direction of C 45, or C 20 45 50.1.
As long as the keycode precedes the value, with at least one space
separating the keycode and value, the user is able to enter directions in a
form different than the setting of the direction property, without having to
change the direction property.
6. Modification to the Relocation 7 command |MOV LNPT| to
process point, polyline and polygon features, in addition to two-point line
features, if they are selected by the user.
Previously, only two-point line features were processed. For polyline and polygon features, the
command will move the vertex of the feature that is closest to the pick that
the user indicates should be moved. For
point features, if the point is close to the pick that the user indicates
should be moved, the point will be moved, otherwise, the point is left
unaltered.
7. Modification to the routines which handle strings to
accommodate curves whose central angles are greater than 180 degrees. This effects the commands Offset 3 |PAR ELE|,
Echo 4 |ECHO AREA| and the Define Parcel tool, which appears when the
CEDRA-Deed extension is loaded.
Previously, when a curve with a central angle greater than 180 degrees
was encountered the center for the resultant curve would not be properly
calculated, which resulted in a distorted figure being created. This should no longer occur.
8. Addition of three new attributes to the line theme (*ln.shp)
called AZIMUTH, BEARING and CARTESIAN which contain the direction of the line
in terms of an azimuth, bearing and cartesian direction. These new attributes are of string or
character type. If these attributes do
not appear in your *ln.shp theme, they can be introduced by using the {AVland
Tools} [Update Geometry] command. This
command checks for the presence of the SLN attribute, if present and if the
AZIMUTH, BEARING and CARTESIAN attributes do not exist, the command will
automatically add them in.
9. Addition of four new attributes to the curve theme (*cv.shp)
called ANG, AZIMUTH, BEARING and CARTESIAN which contain the central angle of
the curve as well as the chord direction of the curve in terms of an azimuth,
bearing and cartesian direction. These
new attributes are of string or character type.
If these attributes do not appear in your *cv.shp theme, they can be
introduced by using the {AVland Tools} [Update Geometry] command. This command checks for the presence of the
CUV attribute, if present and if the ANG, AZIMUTH, BEARING and CARTESIAN
attributes do not exist, the command will automatically add them in.
10. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension when using the
options Pick POB & Transcribe Deed or Pick POC & Transcribe Deed to
allow the user to select a feature that does not reside in one of the CEDRA
AVseries themes. Previously, these
options would only process as the starting point a feature that was stored in
one of the CEDRA AVseries themes. Now
the starting point can be a feature that resides in any point or line
shapefile.
11. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Update Geometry] command
when processing features in a curve theme (*cv.shp). If the RAD attribute value is zero (0.0), the
command will replace the zero value with the computed radius value. The computed radius is a value that the
command calculates based upon the shape of the feature. Previously, the command would leave the
attribute unaltered, and as such, the feature would be treated as a polyline
rather than as a curve. In addition, the
command will update the values in the ANG, AZIMUTH, BEARING and CARTESIAN
fields based upon the computed radius.
12. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Update Geometry] command
to delete any invalid shapes it encounters.
An invalid shape is defined as a shape that has no geometry associated
with it. Previously, the command would
display Avenue error messages and terminate.
Now the command removes the invalid shapes for the user automatically.
13. Modification to the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension to
enable the user to generate line segments that represent the sides of the
polygons that are created and/or polylines that represent the outline of the
polygons that are created. Two new data
items have been added to the multi-input dialog box that the command
displays. By entering Y or N
to the appropriate data item, the user indicates whether these features are to
be created or not. The default response
to the create polyline data item is Y.
In so doing, the user can continue to perform subdivisions on the
polylines that are created.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9f
1. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| when
processing multi-part features to account for empty parts as well as parts that
are comprised of 3D points. Previously
these types of parts were not accounted for and as such Avenue error messages
would appear when these types of parts were processed.
2. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import Points] command to allow the user to have comment lines in the file that is to be processed. By placing the /* characters in columns 1 and 2 of a data line, the user is able to enter a comment. Comment lines are ignored by the command and enable the user to make the file more readable.
3. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import Points] command when using one of the Polygon 1 through 12 formats. These formats have been expanded to allow the user to define strings and to support the keycodes: NO POLY, POLY, START, END, CHORD, ANGLE and ARC. Strings may be open or closed figures. That is, the end point of a string may or may not be the same as the start point of the string. The NO POLY keycode informs the command that polygon features are not to be created but rather line and curve features are to be created. Once the NO POLY keycode has been specified it stays in effect until the POLY command appears. The POLY command indicates that polygon features are to be created. As such, it is possible for the user to create a file that creates both polygon as well as line and curve features. If a string is to be created, the NO POLY keycode must appear in the file prior to the definition of the string(s). Note that if only strings are to be created, the NO POLY keycode needs to appear only once. The START keycode enables the user to specify the starting point of a polygon or a string to be the start point of a previously defined polygon or string. Likewise, the END keycode enables the user to specify the starting point of a polygon or string to be the end point of a previously defined polygon or string. The CHORD, ANGLE, and ARC keycodes enable the user to define tangent curves. The default curve definition consists of specifying a chord direction, chord length and radius. The CHORD, ANGLE and ARC keycodes provide the user three new means of defining a curve. The curves that are created using these keycodes are tangent to the previous course. A sample file containing comment lines as well as the keycodes mentioned above is shown below:
/*
/*
This is a sample of the Polygon 6 file format
/*
/*
Comments can be inserted in the file by placing the /*
/*
characters in columns 1 and 2 of a data line
/*
/*
The special keycodes include the following:
/*
/*
NO POLY do not create polygons but
rather lines and curves
/*
POLY create polygons not lines and
curves
/*
START set start point of a polygon or
string to be the start point of
/* a previously defined polygon or
string
/*
END set start point of a polygon or
string to be the end point of
/* a previously defined polygon or
string
/*
CHORD tangent curve given chord length
and radius
/*
ANGLE tangent curve given central
angle (Degrees, Minutes, Seconds) and radius
/*
ARC tangent curve given arc length
and radius
/*
/*
Command denoting do not create polygons
/*
NO
POLY
/*
/*
First String (which happens to be a closed figure) with 10 vertices
/*
87831528
4000.0 4000.0 10
586.77753
SW 88 8 41.7
402.97627
NW 34 3 58.3
348.47370
NW 5 12 41.3 361.045
363.51546
NE 23 38 35.7
407.47558
NE 74 27 0.8
/*
/*
Note that you can have comments anywhere in the file
/*
282.80400
SE 78 4 28.4 306.486
270.80277
SE 50 35 57.6
171.79402
SE 20 29 13.3
505.86450
SW 8 37 47.6 519.802
268.99867
SW 37 44 48.5
/*
/*
Second String comprised of 4 lines and 1 curve defined in a Clockwise direction
/*
87831529
5000.0 5000.0 5
200
NE 00 0 0.0
200
NE 90 0 0.0
/*
/*
Curve defined by chord length, chord direction and a radius
/*
141.4214
SE 45 0 0 100.0
-100
NE 0
-300
NE 90
/*
/*
Same as string above but defined in a CounterClockwise direction
/*
87831530
5000.0 5500.0 5
300
NE 90
100
NE 0
/*
/*
Negative radius denotes CounterClockwise direction
/*
Positive radius denotes Clockwise direction
/*
141.4214
NW 45 0 0 -100.0
-200
NE 90 0 0.0
-200
NE 00 0 0.0
/*
/*
Single line starting at known coordinates
/*
87831531
5500.0 5500.0 1
300
NE 90
/*
/*
Single line starting at the end point of the string defined above
/*
87831532
END 87831531 1
-300
NE 00
/*
/*
Command denoting create polygons not line and curve features
/*
POLY
/*
/*
Polygon starting at the start point of a string
/*
87831533
START 87831532 5
100
NE 00
300
NE 90
100
NE 00
-300
NE 90
-100
NE 00
/*
/*
Command denoting do not create polygons
/*
NO
POLY
/*
/*
String with tangent curve defined by arc length and radius
/*
87831534
5300 5900 5
-300
NE 90
50
NE 0
ARC
78.540 50
250
NE 90
-100
NE 0
/*
/*
String with tangent curve defined by chord length and radius
/*
87831535
5700 5900 5
-300
NE 90
50
NE 0
CHORD
70.7108 50
250
NE 90
-100
NE 0
/*
/*
String with tangent curve defined by central angle and radius
/*
87831536
6100 5900 5
-300
NE 90
50
NE 0
/*
/*
Central angle specified in degrees, minutes and seconds
/*
ANGLE
90 0 0 50
250
NE 90
-100
NE 0
/*
/*
Same three strings above but defined in a CounterClockwise direction
/*
87831537
5000 4700 5
300
NE 90
50
NE 0
ARC
78.540 -50
-250
NE 90
-100
NE 0
/*
87831538
5400 4700 5
300
NE 90
50
NE 0
CHORD
70.7108 -50
-250
NE 90
-100
NE 0
/*
87831539
5800 4700 5
300
NE 90
50
NE 0
ANGLE
90 0 0 -50
-250
NE 90
-100
NE 0
/*
/*
String with Reverse Curves
/*
87831533
END 87831532 12
250
NE 90
ANGLE
90 0 0 50
ANGLE
90 0 0 -50
100
NE 90
-100
NE 0
-200
NE 90
50
NE 0
ANGLE
90 0 0 -50
ANGLE
90 0 0 50
-100
NE 90
ANGLE
90 0 0 50
/*
/*
End of the sample File
/*
4. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import Points] command when processing a line shapefile in order to create point features at the endpoints of the lines in the shapefile. The command will now create two fields called FNODE_ and TNODE_ in the selected line shapefile. The values stored in these fields reflect the from and to node numbers and correspond to the NODENO attribute associated with the points that are created. The field definition for these two new attributes are #FIELD_LONG,12,0.
5. Addition of the CEDRA-Deed extension which enables the user
to transcribe deed data. When this
extension is loaded a new option called String/Polygon is added to the choice
message box that is presented by the Line 2 tool, |LINE MULT/PT|. This new option is referred to as the Define
Parcel command. Consult the [AVcad
online Help] for more information.
6. Modification to the CEDRA-Deed extension when a non-closed
parcel has been defined. A new option
called Generate Line/Curve Features has been added to the choice message box
that is presented by the Define Parcel command when a figure whose start and
end points are not identical has been defined.
This option enables the user to
create individual line and curve features that represent the courses
which the user has defined. By using
this new functionality the user is able to define strings or alignments with
the Define Parcel's multi-input dialog box, which allows the user to define
line and curve features sequentially with a single command.
7. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| when using
the Point and Auto-Search option. This
option will now query the user for confirmation of the seed element. Previously the command would use the first
element that it found. Now the command
will highlight the element and ask the user for confirmation. If the user responds NO, the command will
search for another element, if one is found, the confirmation process is
repeated. If no other element can be
found, an error message is displayed and the command terminates.
8. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [AVland Properties]
command to allow the user to specify the units in which data is to be stored as
well as entered. Previously, all data
was stored and entered in the same units of measure. Now the user is able to store data in one
units of measure and enter it in another.
For example, data can be stored in US units of measure but entered in SI
or Metric units of measure. That is to
say, data can be stored in feet but entered in meters. This is useful in data conversion
applications where Metric plans are being processed with the overall database
in US units of measure. By using this
new functionality, the user can enter the SI values and have the various
commands perform the conversion into US units for the user. Naturally, the reverse of the example
described above is possible.
9. Addition of the {AVland Tools} [Sort Table of Contents] command which allows the user to sort or rearrange the themes that appear in the View's Table of Contents. Upon activation, the user is presented with a choice message box containing five options, (a) ASCENDING, (b) DESCENDING, (c) MOVE ACTIVE THEMES TO TOP, (d) MOVE ACTIVE THEMES TO BOTTOM and (e) MOVE ACTIVE THEMES BELOW THEME. As the names of the options indicate, the user can (1) sort the Table of Contents such that (a) the themes appear alphabetically in an ascending order, or (b) the themes appear alphabetically in a descending order, or (2) rearrange the Table of Contents by moving the active themes (c) to the top of the Table of Contents, (d) to the bottom of the Table of Contents, or (e) below the location of another theme which the user specifies. This command is very useful when the Table of Contents contains many themes which when using normal ArcView functionality, rearranging the Table of Contents can be tedious.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9e
1. Modification to the extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures (Version
1.4), which is included with the distribution software. The two commands within this extension will
now query the user if the common attributes of the selected features are to be
updated in addition to changing their shapes.
This query is presented just prior to changing the shape of the selected
feature(s). A YesNoCancel message box is
displayed. If the Cancel button is
selected the commands will abort without changing the shape or the attributes
of the selected features. If the No
button is selected the commands will only change the shape of the selected
features. If the Yes button is selected,
the commands will change not only the shape of the selected features but also
all of the common attributes. A common
attribute is defined as a field which not only has the same name but is also of
the same type.
2. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| when
encountering small segments during the Point and Auto-Search operation. Previously when a small segment was
encountered nothing special was done. As
such, depending upon the view it was sometimes very difficult, if not
impossible, to determine the exact path that was being highlighted. The search engine used by this command has
now been changed to alter the display of the view when (a) encountering small
segments and (b) when a feature falls outside of the current view. In so doing the user is now able to easily
determine which path is being displayed during the Point and Auto-Search
operation. Upon confirmation of the
path, one way or the other, the display of the view is changed back to its
original state. A small segment is
defined as one which has a length that is less than 1.5 times the snap
tolerance value. If the snap tolerance
is defined as a percentage of the view, then this value changes in accord with
the view. This modification also effects
all other commands that utilize the Point and Auto-Search search engine.
3. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Flip/Reverse Lines]
command to redraw the view upon completion of the command's processing. Previously the view was not redrawn, so that
if the features which were flipped were drawn in a direction oriented linestyle
(such as with arrow heads), the effect of the command would not be immediately
realized graphically.
4. Modification to the Relocation 6 command |BRK LINE| when
processing multi-part features. A
multi-part feature is defined as a single record in a theme that is actually
comprised of multiple shapes. The state
of Hawaii is an example of a multi-part feature. All of the islands that make up the state of
Hawaii are treated as a single feature.
When a multi-part feature is selected, the command will now ask the user
if individual features are to be created for each of the parts. A YesNoCancel message box is displayed. Selecting the Cancel button will abort the
command. Selecting the No button will
force the command to process the first part in the multi-part feature. When a multi-part feature is broken it no
longer will remain a multi-part feature.
The first part will be broken at the specified break point and the
remainder of the first part will be combined with the other parts forming a
second feature. Only line features can
be broken. A curve is actually a line
feature with a radius attribute and as such the user can break curves. Selecting the Yes button will force the
program to create a new feature for each part comprising the multi-part
feature. The new features that are
created are stored in the current active layer.
The original multi-part feature is left unaltered. The ability to create new features
representing the parts of multi-part features applies to ArcView multi-point,
line and polygon feature types.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9d
1. Modification
to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| when creating a polygon or a polyline from a
base string that forms a closed figure.
An internal script has been changed which reduces the small segment
value from 0.9 to 0.4. As a result of
this modification, all segments whose length is less than or equal to 0.4 units
will be disregarded or ignored during the processing. Small segments are ignored because most data
is in real world coordinates (large values), and as such, small segment lengths
are treated as erroneous data.
2. Modification
to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| to better account for colinear line segments,
particularly in the case when the colinear lines straddle due north. This modification will be noticed only if the
user has specified that colinear sides are to be removed.
3. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| to allow
the user the ability to define a two-point baseline when a point feature has
been selected as the base element. To do
so, the user simply enters y to the Pick Two Point Baseline parameter
displayed in the multi-input message box.
Previously, the user was not able to do so.
4. Ability to customize the default values for certain AVland
properties such as the Units of Measure, Angular Form, Direction Form, Text
Size, Annotation Offset and more. An
ASCII file called CONFIG.TXT, located in the CEDRA distribution directory,
contains a list of the AVland properties that can be customized by the user. A single data line appears for every property
available to the user. On each data line
the property value appears first followed by a comment describing the
propery. The comment begins with the /*
characters and describes the property along with the possible values for the
property. The user may employ any word
processor or text editor to customize the CONFIG.TXT file. All that needs to be done by the user is to
enter the desired property value on the appropriate data line. The user does not need to modify the comment
that appears on a data line but rather should review the comment for
information describing the property being defined and its allowable
values. This file is read when the
extension is loaded.
5. Modification to all tools which prompt the user for a distance or a length. It is now possible for the user to specify the distance or length value in terms of varas, chains or rods. To do so, the user appends the keycode v or vf for varas, c or gc for chains or r for rods after the value. A space, comma or tab must separate the value from the keycode. The keycode v denotes that 1 vara = 33.333 inches (state of Texas), while the keycode vf denotes that 1 vara = 33.372 inches (state of Florida). The keycode c denotes that 1 chain = 100 feet as per the Engineer's Ramden's convention, while the keycode gc denotes that 1 chain = 66 feet as per the Surveyor's Gunter's convention. The keycode r denotes that 1 rod = 16.5 feet. The program will then convert from varas, chains or rods into feet or meters depending upon the setting of the {UNITS} button.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9c
1. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| when
displaying the direction arrow.
Previously, the direction arrow would be pointing in the opposite
direction of what it should be when a deflection angle was being specified.
2. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| when
displaying the direction arrow.
Previously, the direction arrow would be pointing in the opposite
direction of what it should be when a deflection angle was being specified.
3. Addition of the CEDRA-GridAQuadrilateral extension which
enables the user to create polygons within a quadrilateral by specifying the
number of rows and columns. The
quadrilateral is represented by a polyline feature that contains four sides and
whose last point matches the first, thereby, forming a closed figure. After the user selects the polyline feature,
the command prompts the user for the number of rows and columns. Using this information the command will
create the appropriate polygons placing them in the current active layer. The spacing between the rows is computed by
taking the distance between the second and third points in the polyline and
dividing by the number of desired rows.
Likewise, the column spacing is computed by taking the distance between
the first and second points in the polyline and dividing by the number of
desired columns. The polygons are
created left to right and from bottom to top.
The left to right direction is controlled by the direction of the first
two points in the polyline. In addition,
the user has the option of creating points at the vertices of the polygons that
are created. The default is not to
create points. If the user desires to
create points then the user should enter y in the appropriate location
in the multi-input dialog box that is displayed by the command. Note that no duplicate points will be
created. Like the polygons that are
created, the points are placed in the current active layer. If the user does not select a feature or
selects a non-polyline feature (point or polygon), an appropriate error message
will be displayed and the command aborted.
4. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| to
redisplay the input dialog box when an error has been detected. Previously if an error was detected in the
data that was supplied by the user, the command would display an error message
and abort. Now the command displays the
same error message but once the user acknowledges the error message, the
command redisplays the input dialog box displaying the values that were entered
when the error was detected.
5. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| to
redisplay the input dialog box when an error has been detected. Previously if an error was detected in the
data that was supplied by the user, the command would display an error message
and abort. Now the command displays the
same error message but once the user acknowledges the error message, the
command redisplays the input dialog box displaying the values that were entered
when the error was detected.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9b
1. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [View Tools]
command to display the view tools in the button bar as well as in the View
Tools Palette.
Previously, the view tools were only available in the View Tools
Palette. Now as the command is selected,
the view tools will initially appear in the View Tools Palette, then as the
command is reselected, on the button bar.
As the command is reselected, the display sequence, described above, is
repeated. In so doing, the user now has
an option as to where the view tools should appear.
2. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import/Export] command when using the Import Points mode of operation to enable the user to create line features based upon vertex coordinates, as well as, a combination of node number connectivies and coordinates. Two new options called Line Coordinate File - 1 and Line Coordinate File - 2 have been added to the File Type pull-down list that is presented by the command. The Line Coordinate File - 1 option, enables the user to process a file that contains a unique line identifier with coordinates of the points that comprise the line appearing sequentially, one after the other, to create polylines. For every line that is defined at least two data lines must appear with all vertices comprising the line carrying the same line identifier. Once a new line identifier is encountered the previous line definition is interpreted as being completed. The Line Coordinate File - 2 option enables the user to generate two point lines based upon the coordinates of the two nodes that comprise the line. Under this mode of operation, the file contains a data line for every line to be defined. On a data line, the start node number of the line appears along with its coordinates as well as the end node number of the line. Two passes are made in processing the file, the first is to read and store all of the start node numbers and their coordinates, while the second is to create the lines using the coordinates contained on a data line, as well as, the coordinates saved during the first pass. In addition to the lines that are created, the command will generate points for each start node number that is referenced in the file.
AVland New Features at Version 7.9a
1. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| to
remove the requirement of picking two points to define the baseline direction
when a point feature has been selected.
Previously, when a point feature was selected and confirmed, the user
had to pick two points to define the direction of the baseline. When an explicit direction was being
specified these points were not necessary.
Now, when a point feature is selected a new parameter, in the
multi-input message box that is displayed by the command, will appear. This parameter carrys the label Pick two
point baseline (Y = yes, N = no). If
the user wishes to define the baseline direction when a point feature is
selected, following the confirmation of the feature and the display of the
multi-input message box, the user should enter y in the field to the
right of the Pick two point baseline label. Once entered, the user can pick the two
points that define the direction of the baseline. If the user does not wish to define the
baseline direction when a point feature is selected, the user can simply enter
the appropriate information in the multi-input message box that is
displayed. The default baseline direction
when a point feature is selected is along the x axis or a Cartesian angle of
zero degrees. When a line feature is
selected, the default baseline direction is identical to that of the line's
direction. Consult the [AVland online
Help] for more information.
2. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| to
display a blue arrow denoting the direction of the baseline. In so doing it is easier for the user to
identify which side is to the right or left of the baseline. Note that when central angles are being
specified, the user should reverse the direction of the blue arrow. That is, when central angles are being
entered, the command adds 180 degrees to the direction of the baseline and then
adds the specified central angle to the reversed baseline direction.
3. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| to share
the exact same code base as the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST|. Previously, the code for the two commands was
similar, but in actuality, different scripts.
Now both commands share the exact same code, with the difference being,
depending upon which tool is selected, either a line or a point feature is
created. Since the commands share the
same code the operation of the Line 3 command is identical to that of the Point
3 command.
4. Modification to the Point 4 command |PLUS/OF| to display a
blue arrow denoting the direction of the baseline. In so doing it is easier for the user to
identify which side is to the right or left of the baseline.
5. Modification to the Point 4 command |PLUS/OF| to handle
curves whose central angle is greater than 180 degrees. Previously, when a curve with a central angle
greater than 180 degrees was being processed, the command would not properly
compute the coordinates of the new point(s).
6. Modification to the Tangent Curve 1 through Tangent Curve 4
commands to display a blue arrow denoting the direction of the baseline. In so doing it is easier for the user to
identify which side is to the right or left of the baseline.
7. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import/Export] command when using the Import Points mode of operation to enable the user to create line features based upon node connectivities. A new option called Line Connectivity File has been added to the File Type pull-down list that is presented by the command. This option, when selected, assumes that the root name of the file that is selected matches the name of a visible point theme in the view. Within the Line Connectivity File will be a single record, for every line to be created, containing as a minimum a start node and an end node number. These node numbers correspond to a node number that appears in the corresponding point theme. As the records are processed, the command extracts the coordinates of the start and end nodes from the correspond point theme and creates line features. The user has the option of including or excluding the other attributes in the Line Connectivity File with the line features that are created. Furthermore, the user is able to specify the field in the corresponding point theme that contains the node numbers, as well as, the fields in the file being processed that contain the start and end node values. Since the user is able to specify the fields that contain the respective node numbers, the node numbers do not need to be purely numeric. That is, the node number fields may be either numeric or alphanumeric. However, processing numeric node number fields will be faster than alphanumerics fields. Consult the [AVland online Help] for more information.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8m
1. Modification to the Transformation tool. Seven new options have been added to the
pull-down list that is presented by the command. Six of the seven pertain to defining the individual
points that establish the old and new baselines. The seventh enables the user to employ a
Stretch transformation. The seven new
options include Pick Baseline Point 1, Pick Basline Point 2, Pick
Baseline Point 3, Pick New Baseline Point 1, Pick New Baseline
Point 2, Pick New Baseline Point 3 and Stretch Features. In order to use the Stretch Features option
all six baseline points must be specified.
The six baseline points are comprised of three points defining the
original or old baseline and three points which correspond to the three original
or old baseline points but in a new coordinate system. The command scales, rotates and translates
the original or old baseline points to match the new baseline points. A baseline, when using the Stretch Feature
option, is defined by Points 1 and 2, which establish a direction, and
Point 3 which is a point offset from an imaginary line connecting Points 1 and
2. The Stretch Features option is
different than the Transform Features option in that it will distort the
features it processes. The distortion
occurs because the command forces the third point in the original or old
baseline to match the third point in the new baseline. The Transform Features option, on the
other hand, simply uses the third point, if specified, to compute a Y scale
factor. If not specified, the Y scale
factor is assumed to be the same as the X scale factor. Consult the [AVland online Help] for more
information.
2. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| to
provide the user the ability to specify a zero distance value without the
command aborting. When the direction
mode r is employed, the user is able to enter a zero distance value
without aborting the command.
Previously, the command would aborted when a zero distance was
specified. Now when a zero distance is
entered, under the direction mode r, the command accounts for the
relative angle without creating a point and redisplays the multi-input dialog
box for further input. Note that under
the e and a direction modes a zero distance value will result in
the command aborting. Consult the
[AVland online Help] for more information.
3. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| to
provide the user the ability to specify a zero distance value without the
command aborting. When the direction
mode r is employed, the user is able to enter a zero distance value
without aborting the command.
Previously, the command would aborted when a zero distance was
specified. Now when a zero distance is
entered, under the direction mode r, the command accounts for the relative
angle without creating a line and redisplays the multi-input dialog box for
further input. Note that under the e
and a direction modes a zero distance value will result in the command
aborting. Consult the [AVland online
Help] for more information.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8l
1. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Update Classifications]
command to provide the user the ability to assign a specific color and symbol
to a specific theme. A new option, Match
color and symbology from File, has been added to the pull-down list that is
presented by the command. This option
reads the ASCII file, symblayr.txt, which is located in the CEDRA distribution
directory, for PC based users, \cedra\avprjs.
This is a normal text file and can be modified by the user as
desired. Within the file are
instructions as to how the file should be structured. Essentially, the user specifies on a data
line the name of a theme, a keycode and a keycode value. These three parameters are separated by at
least one space or blank character. The
name of the theme must appear as it does in the View's Table of Contents with
the exception for CEDRA layers. For
CEDRA layers only the root name of the theme needs to be specified. That is, those themes which end with the cn.shp,
cv.shp, ln.shp, pg.shp, pl.shp, pn.shp and tx.shp characters do not need to
have the exact theme name spelling in the symblayr.txt file. For example, the theme L_0pn.shp would be
defined in the symblayr.txt file as L_0, not L_0pn.shp. The pn.shp characters are omitted. The valid keycodes are COLOR, FILL, PEN and
MARKER. The keycode COLOR enables the
user to assign a color to a theme. The
keycodes FILL, PEN and MARKER allow the user to assign a specific fill pattern,
linestyle or point marker, respectively, to a theme. The valid keycode values for the COLOR
keycode are BLACK, BLUE, CYAN, GRAY, GREEN, MAGENTA, RED, WHITE and
YELLOW. The valid keycode values for the
FILL, PEN and MARKER are those numbers greater than or equal to zero. These numbers correspond to the index value
for the symbols displayed in the Symbol Palette window. These numbers begin at 0 and increment
sequentially by one on a row by row basis.
That is, when the Symbol Palette is displayed usually three patterns,
line styles or markers appear on a row, depending upon the type of palette that
is displayed. For the first row the
index values would be 0, 1 and 2 proceeding left to right in the row. Likewise, for the second row, the index
values would be 3, 4 and 5 also proceeding left to right. This process is applied to all of the
remaining rows in the palette. Once the
symblayr.txt file is read, the command searches the Table of Contents for the
specified theme. If a match is made, a
single symbol legend type is applied to the theme and the appropriate color
and/or symbol assignments made.
2. Addition of a new extension, CEDRA-ChangeFeatures, which is
included with the distribution software.
This extension is comprised of one button and one tool that enables the
user to change the shape of a single feature or a group of features using the
shape of another feature. The button is
represented by the Link icon and its balloon help appears as Change Selected
Features, while the tool is represented by the StyleRamp icon and its balloon
help is Change Feature's Shape. The
function of these commands is to change the shape of selected features by
substituting the shape of other features.
The Change Feature's Shape tool operates on a single feature, while the
Change Selected Features button will process the current selected features,
which may be comprised of one or more features.
The Change Feature's Shape tool will prompt the user to select the
feature to be changed, followed by prompting the user to select the feature
whose shape is to replace the feature initially selected. The initial feature's shape is then changed
to be identical to that of the second feature selected. The second feature is left unaltered. The Change Selected Features button will
change the shape of the current selected features by using the shapes of
features in a specific theme which have an identical attribute with the current
selected features. The user is asked to
identify the theme containing the new shapes as well as the field or attribute
that is to be used to make a match between the features.
3. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import/Export] command when using the Import Points mode of operation to provide the user the ability to create point features at the endpoints of lines. If the user has selected a file containing the .shp extension, when prompted for the name of the file to be processed, the command assumes that the user wishes to create point features at the endpoints of the line features stored in the Shapefile. Under this mode of operation, the Shapefile must have been loaded, in the current view, prior to invoking the Import Points option. Using the name of the shapefile, selected by the user, the command will scan the view's Table of Contents for a visible theme of the same name. If no theme is found, a warning message is displayed and the command terminates. The name that appears in the top line of the warning message is the root name of the shapefile that was selected by the user. A theme with this same name must be present in the current view for the command to operate under this mode. It is the theme in the view that is processed and not the file that resides on disk. If a theme is found, the command will begin to generate point elements at the endpoints of the selected line features in the theme. If no lines have been selected then all line features in the theme will be processed. The point features that are created will be stored in the current active layer and will be assigned typical AVseries point attributes. In creating the point features, the command will not generate duplicate points at common endpoint locations. In eliminating duplicate points, the command employs one of two methods. The first method is to examine the selected line theme for the FNODE_ and TNODE_ attributes. These are typical Arc/Info attributes that represent a from node number and a to node number. If these attributes exist, the command will create a point feature for every unique node number. In addition, the command will create an attribute called NODENO that will contain the FNODE_ or TNODE_ node number. The second method is employed when the FNODE_ and TNODE_ attributes do not exist in the selected line theme. Under this method, the command checks for common coordinates. Note that this method is considerably slower than the first because every endpoint is compared with every other endpoint. In examining the theme in which the created point features are stored, the user will notice the PNT and NODENO attributes. The PNT attribute represents the sequential point number assigned to the point and will begin at one (1) if the theme contains no other point features or will begin at one higher than the highest PNT value present in the point theme. The NODENO attribute will either be identical to the PNT attribute if the selected line theme does not contain the FNODE_ and TNODE_ attributes or will represent the FNODE_ or TNODE_ node number, if the selected line theme does contain these attributes.
4. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Change Text Properties] command. The default value for the Maximum Chord Deflection in Degrees option has been changed from 18 to 24. This option enables the user to control how "course" the segments comprising a curve can be. The smaller the number the smoother the curve must be and hence more segments must appear in the curve. The larger the number the "choppier" the curve can be. The easiest way to determine what value should be entered for this option is to take the curve with the largest central angle (in degrees) and divide it by the number of segments that make up the curve. For example, if the largest central angle is 180 degrees (a semi-circle) and there are 8 segments comprising the curve the user could enter 23 for the Maximum Chord Deflection in Degrees option. Even though the result of the division is 22.5, the user should round up or pad the value to account for any rounding or numerical "noise".
AVland New Features at Version 7.8k
1. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [AVland Properties] command
to enable the user to specify the snap tolerance either as a percentage or as
an absolute value. Previously, the user
was able to only specify the tolerance as a percentage of the view display
window width. If the user wishes to
specify the tolerance as an absolute value, the keycode a should be
appended to the desired value. For
example, if the snap tolerance is to be defined as 10 feet, the user should
enter 10 a, that is, the number ten followed by at least one space and
then the a character. If the
keycode a is omitted, the command assumes that a percentage snap
tolerance is desired. If a percentage
snap tolerance is to be entered, the user does not have to divide the value by
100 prior to entering the value.
Previously if a 2 percent snap tolerance was desired, the user would
have entered 0.02. Now the user should
enter 2, if a 2 percent snap tolerance is desired. Note that the snap tolerance does not have to
be a whole number, a value of 2.45 would be acceptable. In addition, when the command is activated,
the command will append the text percent or absolute to the
current snap tolerance value. This is
done to allow the user to determine the type of snap tolerance in effect.
2. Modification to the Relocation 3 command |EXT/ELE/PT| to allow
the user to process polyline features in addition to two-point lines and
curves. When a polyline feature is
processed either the first or last segment in the polyline will be adjusted
depending upon which endpoint is closest to the pick that was made to identify
the feature. All internal vertices of
the polyline will remain unaltered.
Previously, only two-point lines and curves were processed by this
command.
3. Modification to the Relocation 3 command |EXT/ELE/PT| to
allow the user the ability to specify the length of the feature being
processed. Two-point lines, polylines
and curves may be processed by this command.
The input message box has been changed to a multi-input message box with
two new parameters. The first parameter
allows for the entry of the length of the feature, while the second is a yes/no
parameter that indicates whether the feature length is being specified or
not. The default for the second
parameter is no, while the default for the first is the current length of the
feature. If the user wishes to specify
the length of a feature, the user must specify the desired length and enter y
or yes to the last parameter displayed in the multi-input message box.
4. Modification to the Offset 1 command |PARL LN| and Offset 3
command |PARL ELE| to enable the user to create individual line segments for
the various segments that comprise the polygon or polyline feature. Previously only a polyline could have been
created. Now the user can specify that
line segments are to be processed (using the second data field in the
multi-input message box) and the commands will generate the line segments
accordingly.
5. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PARL ELE| to process a
string that is comprised of only one feature.
Previously, a string had to be comprised of at least two features in
order for the command to operate.
6. Modification to the Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT|,
Relocation 3 command |EXT/ELE/PT| and Relocation 4 command |EXT/ELE/XING| to
process M and Z types of features. These
features are typically encountered when a CAD drawing is converted into a
shapefile and the user wishes to edit the shapefile. Previously these feature types were not
supported and as such the user was not able to edit these features.
7. Modification to the
{Annotate} [Point Data] command to allow the user the ability to specify a text
angle when annotating point feature's attributes. A new parameter has been added to the
multi-input message box that is displayed which provides for a text angle
specification.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8j
1. Modification to all tools which prompt the user for a distance or a length. It is now possible for the user to specify the distance or length value in terms of varas. To do so, the user appends the keycode v or vf after the value. A space, comma or tab must separate the value from the keycode. The keycode v denotes that 1 vara = 33.333 inches (state of Texas), while the keycode vf denotes that 1 vara = 33.372 inches (state of Florida). The program will then convert from varas into feet or meters depending upon the setting of the {UNITS} button.
2. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import Points] command to enable the user to create point features at the endpoints of line endpoints. No duplicate points will be created at common line endpoints. Consult the [AVland online Help] for more information.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8i
1. Modification to the {Text Properties} [Generate Text from
Table] command to handle CAD drawing attribute tables for text elements. Previously, only AVseries text attribute
tables could be processed. Now it is
possible to generate AVseries text features from the text elements in a CAD
drawing. A CAD drawing attribute table
for a text element is denoted by having the SHAPE, ENTITY and TEXT fields. Using this new functionality provides the
user the ability to edit text that is imported from a CAD drawing.
2. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import/Export]
command when using the Import Points mode of operation. The scripts which comprise this option have
been extracted to form the CEDRA-ImportPoints extension. In order for the user to use the Import
Points mode of operation the CEDRA-ImportPoints extension needs to be loaded,
if not, an appropriate error message will be displayed.
3. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Import/Export]
command when using the Import Points mode of operation to
provide the user the ability to create point features using the text elements
in a CAD drawing. The text elements that
are processed are those which represent numbers. Text elements that do not represent a single
numeric value are ignored. The user has
the option of creating point features at the start of the text element, the end
of the text element, at the mid-point of the text element or at the location of
the decimal point within the text element.
The number which the text element represents will be assigned to the Z
attribute for the point feature. Note
that the Annotation or Text theme of a CAD drawing, when using this command,
should appear above any of the other themes that are associated with the CAD drawing
in the view's Table of Contents.
4. Modification to the Point 7 command |POINT TICKS| to provide
the user the ability to create point features at the vertex locations of a
polyline feature. A new data line has
been added to the dialog box that is displayed by this command. The new data line is as follows:
Create
Points at Polyline vertices (Y=yes, N=no):
The
default response is no. A response of Y
or y will result in the command creating point features at every vertex within
a polyline, including the start and end vertices of the polyline. Furthermore, a response of Y or y will take
precedence over the Number of Segments and Segment Length values.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8h
1. Modification to the Intersection 1 command |I 2L/NBL| to
enable the user to select a polygon feature.
Previously, only two-point lines and polylines could be selected. If a polygon feature was selected, a warning
message would have been displayed. Now
the user is able to intersect line features with polygon features, as well as,
polygon features with other polygon features.
When polygon features are selected all intersection points are computed.
2. Modification to the SetViewSnapTol and CheckEndPoint
scripts, which effect the point snapping capability within AVland, when working
in a view with a projection. Previously,
depending upon the projection that was applied, the point snapping would not
snap. Now the point snapping will
operate regardless of the projection that is applied to the view.
3. Modification to the Echo 3 command |ECHO ANGLE| to display
the deflection angle, in addition to the interior and exterior angles formed by
the user's three picks, in the status bar area.
The deflection angle is based upon the difference between angle 1 and
angle 2, where angle 1 is defined from the first pick to the second pick and
angle 2 is defined from the second pick to the third pick. A positive deflection denotes a turn to the
right off of angle 1, while a negative angle denotes a turn to the left off of
angle 1.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8g
1. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Copy Selected Features]
command to provide the user the ability to specify whether attributes, that are
associated with the selected feature(s) to be copied and which are missing from
the resultant theme, are to be copied in addition to the shape of the selected
feature(s). Previously, the command
would always copy any missing attributes which would result in the list of
attributes, associated with the resultant theme, being expanded. The user now has a choice which is presented
in the form of a query (Yes-No-Cancel message box). Responding Yes results in the command copying
any missing attributes along with the shape of the feature into the resultant
theme. A response of No results in the
command copying only the shape of the feature ignoring any attributes that may
not be present in the resultant theme, while a response of Cancel will abort
the command.
2. Modification to the {AVland Tools} [Update Geometry] command
to store the line length value in the fields LENGTH and PLONG, if present, for
line type themes. Previously, only the
LEN field would be updated with the line length value. Now, the LEN, LENGTH and PLONG fields will be
updated if they are present. Note that
any previous value in these fields will be overwritten.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8f
1. Modification to the {Import} [Points] command to accept the
space, comma or tab characters as separating characters between the items on a
data line. Previously, only the space
and comma characters were valid delineating characters, at this version, the
tab character has been added.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8e
1. Modification to the Offset 3 command |PAR ELE| to provide
the user the ability to create buffer polygons.
A buffer polygon is a polygon that is centered or has unequal offsets
about the base string. A new parameter,
buffer offset, appears in the offset string multi-input message box. Consult the [AVland online Help] for more
information.
2. The AVland extension will now take into account the View
Properties settings for Map Units and Distance Units when the view is not
assigned a projection. Previously, when
the View was not assigned a projection, the extension would assume that the
Distance Units setting was the same as the Map Units setting. This modification
allows the user the ability to work in an environment where the Map Units is
set to meters and the Distance Units as feet. In so doing, the user is able to enter
distances in terms of feet rather than meters since the Distance Units property
controls the units in which distances are specified.
AVland New Features at Version 7.8d
1. Modification to the Point 3 command |POINT DIR/DIST| to
provide the user the ability to turn an angle off a baseline in addition to
being able to explicitly enter a direction.
Previously, the user was only able to explicitly enter a direction. Now the user has the option of specifying an
angle that is turned off a baseline direction.
A new parameter, direction mode, appears in the multi-input message
box. Consult the [AVland online Help] for
more information.
2. Modification to the Line 3 command |LINE DIR/DIST| to
provide the user the ability to turn an angle off a baseline in addition to
being able to explicitly enter a direction.
Previously, the user was only able to explicitly enter a direction. Now the user has the option of specifying an
angle that is turned off a baseline direction.
A new parameter, direction mode, appears in the multi-input message
box. Consult the [AVland online Help]
for more information.
3. Modification to the [Import Points] command to enable the
user to build polygons from an ASCII based file. The polygons that are created can contain
sides that are linear (straight) or curved.
Additional file types have been added to the file type pull-down list Consult the [AVland online Help] for more
information.
4. Ability to work with views that contain raster images.
5. Ability to work as an extension with Version 3.1 of ArcView.
6. Ability to work with views that have been assigned a
projection.
7. Modification to the Relocation 1 command |MOV LNPT| to
provide the user the ability to insert a vertex along a polyline or along the
boundary of a polygon. Previously,
normal ArcView functionality had to be used to create a new point on a polyline
or boundary of a polygon. Consult the
[AVland online Help] for more information.